ANZ Group Holdings Limited logo

ANZ 2019 Annual Report

Annual Report4 November 2019ANZFinancials

2019
ANNUAL REPORT

ANZ

Our success

depends on

improving the

financial wellbeing

of our customers

2019 performance snapshot 1
Our 2019 reporting suite 2

What matters most 3

Chairman’s message 4

CEO’s message 6

About our business 8

Our strategy 9

How we create value 10

Working with our stakeholders 12

Our operating environment 14

Becoming a fairer and more responsible bank 16

Our customers 17

Our divisions 21

Contents

Our people 24

Our community 28

Governance 32

Risk management 44

Performance overview 52

Five year summary 64

Remuneration Report 66

Directors’ Report 99

Financial Report 101

Shareholder information (unaudited) 220

Glossary 227

Important dates for shareholders 229

Contacts 230

An ANZ customer for 10 years, Brian has appreciated the bank’s

support through those times. “During the algae bloom in 2010

I went to ANZ and pleaded relief. We did not know when things

would pick up. I am grateful for ANZ sticking with us through

that time”.

Fast forward to 2019 and Brian’s business is once again facing

difficulties, this time as a result of the drought impacting much

of Australia.

“Oyster farming needs fresh water,” says Brian. “Famine on the land

means famine in the sea. The oysters have poor growth, it’s difficult

to maintain their condition and they’re harder to sell.”

Last year in response to the drought ANZ donated $500,000 to

the Financial Counselling Foundation for use by rural counselling

agencies working in drought affected communities.

Brian recently found himself seeking the assistance of one of

those agencies, reaching out to the Rural Financial Counselling

Services (Southern NSW ). The service, which is free, supports

rural businesses through ongoing drought, poor production or

anything else affecting their business and their life.

“When you’re doing it tough it’s all too hard, and the state you

are in does not always lead to rational decisions,” says Brian. “The

financial counsellor looks at you as a person, as well as a business.”

Brian looks forward to building up the business again, but he

doubts things will ever be as good as they were in 1985. “This

business is mostly about loving the lifestyle. People who want to

be on the water and love working outdoors in Australia’s oldest

aquaculture industry.”

Image: Brian Coxon

Brian and Heather Coxon established BJ & HD Coxon Oyster Farmers in 1985 –

a time when stocks were plentiful and business was booming. Since that time,

the business has faced some difficult times.

COVER STORY

Supporting drought

affected communities

in rural Australia

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

1.
On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in

statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist

readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For

further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.

2.

Equals shareholders’ equity less preference share capital, goodwill, software and other

intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares.

3.

APRA Level 2.

4.

Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels. Includes

all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (who are included in FTE).

5.

Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee

free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for

profit organisations and students.

Cash return on equity

1

10 .9 %

funded and facilitated

in environmentally

sustainable solutions

$19.1b

CO

2

in community investment

5

$142.2m

160¢

Cash profit

1

6.5

b

$

$19 .59

Net tangible assets

per share

2

11.4 %

Common Equity

Tier 1 Capital

3

32.5%

of women in leadership

4

total shareholder

return

9.2%

of employees

volunteered

42.4 %

228¢

Cash earnings per share

1

>90,000

people have been reached

through our financial

wellbeing programs,

MoneyMinded and Saver Plus

$

Dividend for FY19

per share

since 2015

2019

performance

snapshot

1

2019 Annual Report
anz.com/annualreport

2019 Corporate Governance Statement

anz.com/corporategovernance

2019 ESG Supplement

anz.com/cs

2019 Climate-related Financial Disclosures

anz.com/shareholder/centre

Our 2019

reporting suite

1.

Group: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the year end and from time to time during the financial year (together, the Group).

2.

ESG content includes the following sections: 2019 Performance Snapshot, What Matters Most, Working with our stakeholders, Becoming a fairer and more responsible bank, Our Customers,

Our People, Our Community, Risk Management: Our approach to climate change and ESG metrics on page 65.

3.

The 2019 Annual Review is comprised of pages 1 to 65 and 229 to 230 of this Annual Report and a Remuneration Overview.

Additional information

We produce a suite of reports to meet the needs and requirements

of a wide range of stakeholders, including investors, customers,

employees, regulators, non-government organisations and the

community.

Our 2019 Corporate Governance Statement discloses how we have

complied with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s ‘Corporate

Governance Principles and Recommendations – 3rd edition’ is

available at anz.com/corporategovernance.

Our ESG Supplement will complement this Annual Report, providing

stakeholders with more detailed ESG disclosures, including:

performance against our ESG targets and our approach to our

priority areas of fair and responsible banking, financial wellbeing,

environmental sustainability and housing.

The following documents are available at

anz.com/shareholder/centre:

•News Release

•Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement

& Appendix 4E

•Results Presentation and Investor Discussion Pack

•Annual Review

3

•The Company Financial Report

•Principal Risks and Uncertainties Disclosure

•APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure

•Climate-related Financial Disclosures

We are continually seeking to improve our reporting suite and

welcome feedback on this report. Please address any questions,

comments or suggestions to investor.relations@anz.com.

Integrated reporting

This Report includes information on our financial and non-financial

performance, providing readers with a holistic view of the Australia

and New Zealand Banking Group Limited’s

1

performance. In

preparing pages 1 to 65, we have continued to draw on aspects of

the International Integrated Reporting (IR) Framework to describe

how our business model, strategy, governance and risk management

processes are addressing risks and opportunities in our operating

environment and delivering value for our stakeholders. We outline

our response to external social and environmental challenges,

including the work we are undertaking to reshape our business,

improve customer outcomes and transform our culture.

Annual Report structure

The required elements of the Directors Report, including the

Operating and Financial Review (OFR) as required by ASIC Regulatory

Guide 247, are covered on pages 1 to 65. Commentary on our

performance overview contained on pages 52 to 64 references

information reported in the Financial Report pages 101 to 218.

The Remuneration Report pages 66 to 98 and the Financial Report

pages 101 to 218 have been audited by KPMG. KPMG also provides

limited assurance over Environmental, Social and Governance

(ESG) content2 within this Annual Report. A copy of KPMG’s limited

assurance report will be contained in the ANZ 2019 Environment,

Social and Governance (ESG) Supplement to be published in

December 2019.

This report covers all ANZ operations worldwide over which, unless

otherwise stated, we have control for the financial year commencing

on 1 October 2018 and ending 30 September 2019. Monetary

amounts in this document are reported in Australian dollars,

unless otherwise stated.

ffifffi2fl 2ffiffffffi2

2

Stakeholders provided us with
three key insights:

1 They expect us to focus on long-term value creation,

not short-term profit maximisation;

2 While the actions we have taken to date in response to the

Royal Commission are considered good and necessary,

they want us to do more. In particular, they expect Board

and management to demonstrate customer-centric

actions in line with the ‘spirit’ of the Royal Commission’s

findings; and

3 They see a broader role for the Board in overseeing conduct

and culture and an expectation that real and lasting change

happens as a result of the Royal Commission.

What

matters

most

A focus on fair and responsible banking

Through our annual materiality assessment we engage with internal

and external stakeholders to inform our identification of ESG risks

and opportunities. We seek to identify those issues that have the

most potential to impact our ability to operate successfully and

create value for our stakeholders.

These issues may change over time, reflecting changes in our

business and external operating environment and the expectations

of stakeholders. We use the results of the assessment to inform

our strategy.

This year, we focused our assessment solely on fairness and

ethical conduct, which has been ranked as our most material

issue for the last three years. Specifically, we sought external

stakeholder views on the actions we are taking following the Royal

Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and

Financial Services Industry (the Royal Commission).

These insights were presented to the Board Ethics,

Environment, Social and Governance Committee, the

management Ethics and Responsible Business Committee

and the management Royal Commission and Self-Assessment

Oversight Group, and are informing our continuing work on

improving customer outcomes.

We have drawn on our 2018 materiality assessment to help

guide the content of this report. After fairness and ethical

conduct, stakeholders ranked the following four issues (risks or

opportunities) as having the most potential to impact our value

creation in the short, medium and long-term.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Fraud and data security: ensuring we have strong

internal controls and risk management frameworks

in place is critical as a breach could significantly

impact the bank’s operations and reputation.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Customer experience: ensuring a positive

customer experience is key to delivering

sustainable business performance in the long-term.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Corporate governance: organisations with strong

corporate governance processes and policies in

place are likely to perform better in the long-term.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Digital innovation: core to our strategy and a key

factor in driving positive customer experience.

A full list of ANZ’s key material risks is available on pages 46–47.

The key steps undertaken in our 2019 materiality process, as well

as the full list of our material ESG issues, is discussed in our 2019

ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs in December.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

3

Chairman’s
message

Challenging conditions continued in 2019 and our statutory profit of $6.0 billion was down

7% on the previous year. Cash profit from continuing operations (which excludes non-core

items and the discontinued Wealth businesses from statutory profit) was $6.5 billion, flat

when compared with the same time last year.

Despite those tough conditions, we held our

FY19 full year dividend at 160 cents with the

final dividend of 80 cents franked at 70%.

We recognise how important the dividend, franking and predictability is to shareholders.

The Board’s decision to reduce franking to a new base reflects the changed shape of our

business and the earnings in our Australian geography.

This has been a difficult year for us and Australian banks generally. Intense competition,

slow credit growth and increased regulation have combined with lower consumer

confidence to create this.

While this is reflected in our financial performance – particularly within our Australian Retail

and Commercial business – the actions taken in recent years to improve the structure of

our bank has us well-placed to meet the industry’s challenges.

DAVID GONSKI, AC

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

4

These actions include returning our Institutional business to
profitable growth as well as the progress we have made to simplify

the products and services we offer our retail customers in Australia

and New Zealand.

We started early on our simplification agenda and this work

continued throughout the year. Simplification continues to

underpin improvement across ANZ.

A major milestone was the completion of the sale of our Life

Insurance business in Australia to Zurich Financial Services Australia

and we have also made significant progress in the sale of our

Pensions & Investments business to IOOF. Subject to approval from

the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), we expect to

complete this transaction in the first quarter of 2020.

Another highlight was the sale of some of our non-core assets

outside of home markets, including our retail banking joint venture

in Cambodia, our retail business in Papua New Guinea and our Life

Insurance business in New Zealand. This continues the stronger

focus on investments and resources in our core strategic retail

and commercial businesses in Australia and New Zealand and our

Institutional business in Asia Pacific.

Unfortunately there have also been challenges. This year we have

announced an additional charge of $682 million as a result of an

increase in our provisions for remediation work. While our Chief

Executive Officer (CEO) Shayne Elliott addresses this in his CEO

message, I want to assure shareholders that the Board understands

the impact fixing the failures of the past has on shareholders and

we are working proactively and as quickly as possible to remediate

impacted customers.

Our self-assessment

During the year, APRA asked a range of banks, superannuation

funds and insurance companies to take a closer look at their own

behaviour and operations.

There has been some attention given to the fact ANZ has not

released its self-assessment. APRA requested these self-assessments

on a confidential basis to ensure institutions responded in a way

that was full and frank. We have respected that request, noting

particularly the fact that people contributed openly to the process

on that basis and we will continue to do so. To assist those interested

in our self-assessment we have published a summary which can be

found on bluenotes at anz.com.

The self-assessment was a useful exercise where we identified many

critical issues across culture, accountability and governance. As we

outlined to APRA, the Board and executive team are determined

to use this as an opportunity to deepen our self-awareness and

to learn from our failings. Importantly, we do not see this as just a

compliance measure but as an opportunity to make ANZ a more

efficient, more sustainable bank.

We will be a simpler, less complex bank once we have implemented

our road map for change.

We will have fewer products and more

effective systems and processes. For

customers, we will be easier to deal with

and when things do go wrong we will be

faster to resolve them.


Critically, our regulator will recognise issues identified in our annual

attestation are being resolved in a timelier manner and this will flow

through to improvements in our comprehensive review.

Executive remuneration

ANZ recorded its ‘first strike’ last year when around 34% of shares

were voted against our Remuneration Report. The Board took this

result very seriously and shareholders will note there has been a

significant differentiation this year in the remuneration awarded to our

Disclosed Executives. Our Chair of the Human Resources Committee,

Ilana Atlas, provides more detail in the Remuneration Report.

You will note our CEO despite a solid personal performance, has

had his remuneration impacted by the broader performance of the

Group. In fact, variable remuneration for our Disclosed Executives

ranged between 0 and 74% of maximum opportunity. We also

enhanced our approach to accountability and consequence

management during the year and will continue to hold people to

account who fail to meet our standards.

Capital management

We continued our focus on capital efficiency this year by returning

excess capital to shareholders as a result of our simplification

agenda. We did this while also maintaining capital levels above

APRA’s ‘unquestionably strong’ requirements. In the financial year

of 2019 we reduced shares on issue by 42 million (equivalent of

$1.1 billion) as part of our $3 billion buy-back. That program

concluded in March 2019.

Outlook

While the Australian housing market is slowly recovering, we expect

challenging trading conditions to continue for the foreseeable future.

Record low interest rates in Australia

and global trade tensions will continue

to place pressure on earnings while

increased compliance and remediation

costs will be closely managed.

Competition will also remain in focus with the recently announced

inquiry into mortgage pricing. We have acknowledged we have not

always done a good job in explaining our position and hope the

inquiry enables the opportunity to provide facts on a complex matter.

On the regulatory front, both APRA and the Reserve Bank of New

Zealand have announced proposals that could lift the amount of

capital required to support our New Zealand subsidiary. The final

impact of these changes depend on a number of factors. This

includes the outcome of consultation, particularly the amount of

capital required, the time allowed to achieve it, and the instruments

we are permitted to use.

Management will maintain its focus on capital efficiency. However,

our strong ongoing capital generation capacity will assist in meeting

any additional capital requirements.

Despite the industry’s challenges, I’m confident we have the team,

the balance sheet and the oversight in place to execute effectively

against a strategy that will benefit all our stakeholders. On behalf of

the Board and myself, I thank our more than 39,000 people for their

hard work in supporting our customers and our shareholders.

David Gonski, AC CHAIRMAN

5

CEO’s
message

This has been a challenging year of slow

economic growth, increased competition,

regulatory change and global uncertainty.

Our progress

The core of our strategy has not changed. Put simply, we will generate decent returns

by improving the financial wellbeing of our customers.

This year we continued to focus on balance sheet strength, improve our culture, simplify

the business and rebuild our team’s capabilities. In doing this, we significantly reduced the

cost and risk of operating the bank despite the strong headwinds facing the sector.

We are determined to have the right people who listen, learn and adapt. We will put the

best tools and insights into the hands of our customers and people. Importantly, we will

concentrate our efforts on those particular things that add value to customers – and do

them right the first time.

This means we must continue to simplify our business, improve our customer proposition

and invest in innovations that deliver better customer outcomes and improve the efficiency

of our operations.

Retail and commercial in Australia had a difficult year. Increased remediation charges,

intense competition and record low interest rates have had a significant impact on earnings.

SHAYNE ELLIOTT

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

6

While yet to flow through to the balance sheet, management
actions and operational improvements have seen a steady recovery

in home loan applications in recent months. These volume

improvements are expected to be maintained into 2020.

New Zealand delivered a solid underlying result in a more competitive

environment. As in Australia, compliance and remediation costs

contributed to higher operating expenses, while a focus on

operational efficiency offset inflation in business-as-usual expenses.

There are challenges ahead in New Zealand, particularly in relation

to the amount of capital we may be required to hold. However, we

are well-advanced in our preparations to manage these proposed

impacts in an orderly way.

Institutional continued its transformation with a return to profitable

growth. While macro conditions had an impact on financial

performance in the second half, the business is now generating

returns above our cost of capital that provides important

diversification given the lower growth in our home markets.

Customer remediation

The Royal Commission highlighted many failures the Australian banks

needed to quickly remedy. ANZ is not immune from this challenge.

This year we announced an additional charge of $682 million as a

result of an increase in our provisions for remediation work. We know

this is real money and has a real impact on shareholders. But we also

know it’s important to fix the mistakes of the past and return money

owed to customers as quickly as possible.

We are currently resolving identified fee or interest discrepancies

with over 3.4 million Australia Retail and Commercial customers.

To date our Responsible Banking team has remediated over one

million customer accounts.

If there is a positive from this work, it is that much of the time and

resources being invested in remediating our systems and processes

will make us a better bank for our customers and shareholders.

It means the mistakes of the past are unlikely to be repeated and

when issues arise they will be easier to fix.

Customers and community

Our purpose of shaping a world where people and communities

thrive guides our decisions.

An example of this is the program

we have in place to proactively contact more than one million

customers to help them get more value from our products and

services, including those eligible for Centrelink or Veterans’ Affairs

benefits or those with persistent credit card debt. This is to make

sure customers are using the best products given their individual

circumstances and that they are aware of all the options available.

Another issue we care about is providing affordable and sustainable

housing for Australians and New Zealanders. We do this by

encouraging investment in the sector – including our role leading

the largest social bond issuance for housing in Australia.

We also know we have a role in enhancing environmental

sustainability and we are focusing our efforts on energy,

water and waste.

We have committed to fund and

facilitate $50 billion by 2025 towards

sustainable solutions for our customers,

including initiatives that help improve

environmental sustainability, increase

access to affordable housing and

promote financial wellbeing.

This is not philanthropy. It’s really good business for our

customers and shareholders given the growth opportunities

available in the sector. It’s also a business we are good at

given our network and capabilities and an area we expect to

grow rapidly in the coming years as the world grapples with

environmental challenges.

Changing how we reward our people

This year we introduced wide-ranging reforms to the way we

pay people. Variable remuneration is now a smaller part of

our people’s take-home pay and these reduced bonuses are

determined by the overall performance of the bank.

This is not about paying our people less. It is an industry-leading

initiative that will positively enhance our culture and become an

important point of differentiation. It also addresses the negative

impact an over-emphasis on individual bonuses within a bank

can have on customers and the community.

Redesigning how we reward our staff was one of the 16 key

initiatives we announced as part of our initial response to the

Royal Commission recommendations. As part of this, we also

strengthened our accountability frameworks to ensure there are

appropriate consequences for the small number of people who

do not meet standards of behaviour or performance.

Finally, despite this difficult environment, we have made good

progress this year and I’d like to thank the more than 39,000

people who turn up for ANZ and work hard every day for our

customers. I’m confident we have the right strategy and team to

deliver great, sustainable results in the future for our customers,

our shareholders and the community.

Shayne C Elliott

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

7

We provide banking and financial products and services to around eight million
individual and business customers, and operate in and across 33 markets.

About our business

Our purpose

Our purpose is to help shape a world in which people and

communities thrive. That means striving to create a balanced,

sustainable society in which everyone can take part and build

a better life.

One of the ways we are bringing our purpose to life is through

helping to address complex issues that matter to society and are

core to our business strategy. We are focusing our efforts on:

•financial wellbeing – improving the financial wellbeing of our

customers, employees and the community by helping them

make the most of their money throughout their lives;

•environmental sustainability – supporting household,

business and financial practices that improve environmental

sustainability; and

•housing – improving the availability of suitable and affordable

housing options for all Australians and New Zealanders.

We are contributing to these challenges by: developing innovative

and responsible financial products and services; participating

in relevant policy development and research; strengthening

stakeholder partnerships; and harnessing the skills of our people.

Fundamental to our approach is a commitment to fair and

responsible banking – keeping pace with the expectations of

our customers, employees and the community, behaving fairly

and responsibly and maintaining high standards of conduct.

Throughout this report we illustrate how we are embedding

purpose into our business strategy, including through our

Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) targets and

performance objectives.

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

seek to respond to the world’s most pressing challenges.

Business has an important role to play in helping achieve the

SDGs. Recognising this we have identified our targets which

are making a contribution to the achievement of the SDGs

in our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs

in December.

Our culture and values

Our values are the foundation of how we work and are supported by our Code of Conduct. All employees and contractors must comply

with the Code, which contains guiding principles and sets the standards for the way we do business at ANZ.

ExcellenceIntegrityCollaborationAccountabilityRespect

We care about:

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

8

Our strategy is focused on improving the financial wellbeing of our
customers; having the right people who listen, learn and adapt; putting the

best tools and insights into their hands; and focusing on those few things

that really add value to customers and doing them right the first time.

Our strategy

We believe that the execution of our strategy will deliver decent

returns for our shareholders, while achieving a balance between

growth and return, short and long-term performance and financial

and social impact.

While our focus has evolved over the past four years, the strategic

imperatives remain the same: creating a simpler, better balanced

bank; focusing our efforts where we can carve out a winning

position; building a superior everyday experience to compete in the

digital age; and driving a purpose and values led transformation.

In our Australian and New Zealand businesses we are: delivering

improved customer outcomes, while rationalising our products

and services; developing new compelling services and distribution

options; and developing new initiatives to enhance our home

owner and small business owner propositions.

Within our Institutional business we are creating an integrated

trade, cash and markets experience, while developing and

appropriately scaling our capabilities across geographies to

deliver connectivity for our customers.

Our strategy has driven significant improvement in our business

over the past four years. We have strengthened our balance sheet,

improved our culture, simplified the business and rebuilt our

people’s capabilities. In doing so we have reduced the costs and

risks associated with running the bank.


Create a simpler,

better capitalised,

better balanced bank

Build a superior

experience for our

people and customers

in order to compete in

the digital age

Focus our efforts

where we can carve out

a winning position

Drive a purpose

and values led

transformation of

the bank


Improve the

financial wellbeing

of our customers

Deliver decent returns

for our shareholders

- targeted growth

- low cost

- capital efficient

Resilient, adaptable

and capable workforce

Improve housing,

environmental and

financial wellbeing

outcomes for the

community

Improving the financial

wellbeing of customers...

...with flexible and resilient digital

infrastructure that supports great

customer experience at lower cost

...with people

who listen,

learn and adapt

...with the

best tools

and insights

...looking to

save for,

buy and

own a

home

...looking

to start,

buy and

grow a

business

...looking to

move capital

and goods

around the

region

Strategic ImperativesStrategyTarget Outcomes

Purpose

Our purpose is to help shape a world in which people and communities thrive

9

Finance
Access to capital through

customer deposits, debt and equity

investors and wholesale markets

enables us to run our operations

and execute our strategy.

Risk management

Reducing the risk of doing business

for our customers and the bank,

with systems and processes that

are less complex, less prone to

error and more secure.

Technology and

data capabilities

Flexible, digital–ready

infrastructure to provide

great customer experience,

agility, scale and control.

Community and

relationships

Strong stakeholder

relationships are essential

to our brand and reputation.

Customers

Trusted relationships

with our ~ 8 million retail,

commercial and

Institutional customers.

People

Employees and contractors

with the key competencies

and right behaviours to

deliver our strategy.

¢

$

By transforming our business –

embedding a purpose and values

led culture and simplifying our

products and services – we aim

to create long-term value for

all of our stakeholders.

Our value creation model

outlines how we create value for

our key stakeholders through our

business activities, and identifies

the inputs – or value drivers –

that we rely on to enable us to

deliver that value and meet our

strategic objectives.

How we

create

value

Digital

advancement

and technological

change

Globalisation

Demographic

changes

Lower credit growth

environment

Environment

and climate

Increased

regulatory

oversight and

stakeholder

scrutiny

OUR VALUE DRIVERS

OUR OPERATING

ENVIRONMENT

The risks and opportunities

in our operating environment

impact our ability to create value.

10

SHAREHOLDER VALUE
CUSTOMER VALUE

EMPLOYEE VALUE

COMMUNITY VALUE

› Deliver decent returns enabling shareholders to meet goals

› 228 cents earnings per share

1

› 10.9% cash return on equity

1

› 160 cents dividend per share for FY19 with the final dividend

of 80 cents franked at 70%

› 9.2 percent total shareholder return

› Improving the financial wellbeing of our customers

› Provide funding for lending, helping customers to own

homes and run businesses and assist businesses to transact,

trade and invest across our region

› Great customer experience through flexible and resilient

digital infrastructure

› We have contacted > 1 million of our Retail and Commercial

customers to help them get more value from our products

and services

› 20,024 FTE supporting our Retail and Commercial

customers, providing $339 billion in home lending and

$95 billion in business lending (Australia and New Zealand)

› 5,468 FTE supporting our Institutional customers,

providing $165 billion in lending

› Custodians of $512 billion of customer deposits across

the business

› Invest in our people to build a resilient, adaptable and

inclusive workforce with a strong sense of purpose and ethics

› 77% employee engagement (up from 73% in 2018)

› Employed 734 people from under-represented groups

(since 2016)

› $4.8 billion in employee salaries and benefits

› Increasing the skills and capabilities of our people providing

almost 1.5 million hours of training

› Connecting with, and investing in, the communities in

which we operate to support growth, deliver services and

develop opportunity

› Invested $142.2 million in the community

2

› $3,172 million in taxes paid to government

3

› > 90,000 people have been reached through our financial

wellbeing programs, MoneyMinded and Saver Plus

Operating across 33 markets,

we provide banking and financial

products and services to individual

and business customers.

Through our business activities

we deliver the following outputs:

› we provide transaction

banking services

› we hold deposits for our customers

› we lend money to our retail, small

business and corporate customers

› we help customers mitigate

and manage financial risks

› we support customers with

trade and capital flows

› we provide wealth

management products

› we provide advisory services

› we invest in our people to build

a diverse and inclusive workforce

› we collaborate with partners

to build capacity and improve

financial wellbeing

› we pay taxes in the countries

within which we operate

› we pay dividends to

our shareholders

OUR BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

1.

On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and

discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in understanding the

result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between

statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.

2.

Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee free accounts to

a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for profit organisations and students.

3.

Total taxes borne by the Group, includes unrecovered GST/VAT,employee related taxes and other taxes.

Inclusive of discontinued operations.

11

Working with
our stakeholders

Our stakeholdersWhat they expect from us

Customers

•A customer-centred approach underpinned by ethical, fair and

responsible behaviour

•Financial products and services that are suitable, reliable and secure

Government

and

regulators

•Responsible financial products and services

•Fair and ethical conduct and a strong customer-focused corporate culture

•Effective governance and risk management

Shareholders

•Sustainable long-term positive financial performance and investment returns

•Effective assessment and management of material risks and opportunities

•Informative, transparent and timely communications

Employees

•A safe, diverse and inclusive workplace that encourages engagement,

collaboration and development

•Competitive remuneration and benefits, effective performance management


and recognition

Non-government

organisations

(NGOs)

•A clear and transparent approach to the management of existing and

emerging ESG risks and opportunities

•Minimising adverse social and environmental impacts of our lending


and operations

•Collaborative partnerships and appropriate and evidence-based approach


to community investment activities

Transparent and responsive engagement, combined with a genuine willingness on our part to listen and act, is one of

the most important ways in which we can demonstrate trustworthiness and rebuild community confidence. Stakeholder

engagement is embedded in our policies, processes and operations.

Summarised below are the key expectations of our stakeholders. For more detailed information on the issues raised by

stakeholders this year and how we have responded, refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available in December at anz.com/cs.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Strong stakeholder relationships enable us to deliver our

business strategy and create long-term value.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

12

Saver Plus is a matched savings and financial education program
developed by ANZ and The Brotherhood of St Laurence.

The program is co-funded by the Australian Government and is

delivered by community partners and service delivery agencies

in 60 locations across Australia.

From its early pilot of 300 participants in 2003, the program is

rapidly approaching a milestone of 50,000 recruited participants

who have built their financial wellbeing and had over $19 million

in savings matched by ANZ. Saver Plus is life changing, with

research showing 87% of participants continue to save after

they have completed the program.

Partnership has been the key to the continued success and

impact of Saver Plus. The recent Saver Plus National Conference,

involving community coordinators, ANZ branch staff, government

representatives and partners was a rare opportunity to celebrate

the impact of the program and plan for the future.

“It was so great to see the collaboration between everyone,

regardless of who they worked for, because we all deliver the

same program. To see the team feel so energised and motivated

again was fantastic to witness,” said Cheryl Allen-Ankins, The Smith

Family, Saver Plus Program Manager.

Left to right: Saver Plus Co-ordinators, Denise Clark, Graeme Grice and

Cath Sweeney from The Smith Family at the Saver Plus National Conference

COMMUNITY STORY

Celebrating the impact of

our Saver Plus partnership

We have

matched over

$19 million

in savings

since 2003

$

13

We seek to anticipate and respond to the risks and opportunities arising
in our external environment to ensure that we can continue to create value

for our stakeholders. A summary of the issues influencing our strategy is

outlined below.

Our operating

environment

Our strategic imperatives assist us to respond positively

to this environment and meet societal expectations

These global trends present us with risks and opportunities

RISKSOPPORTUNITIES

LOWER CREDIT GROWTH ENVIRONMENT

•Increasing competition and regulatory requirements

places pressure on margins and customer volumes.

•New approaches are needed to deliver products and services

to our customers, together with efficient allocation of capital

and resources to generate returns to shareholders.

INCREASED REGULATORY OVERSIGHT AND STAKEHOLDER SCRUTINY

•Trust in the Australian and New Zealand banking industry

has eroded over the past two years.

•Increased regulatory expectations and focus places pressure

on margins and customer volumes.

•Community concerns remain high following the Royal

Commission in Australia and a number of regulatory

developments in New Zealand. We can rebuild trust by

transparently working with, and partnering with, government,

regulators and NGOs to deliver improved customer outcomes.

DIGITAL ADVANCEMENT AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

•Competition from existing and new competitors is increasing,

supported by government policy, such as the consumer

data right.

•With the increase in digitisation, strong cyber security capability

is critical.

•By improving our digital capabilities and investing in

cyber security, we can serve our customers in new and

innovative ways, meeting their needs for safe and secure

digital banking solutions.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGES

•Demand for home lending in Australia and New Zealand is

impacted by a range of supply and demand factors largely

outside of our control, including population growth, housing

prices and dwelling construction.

•Community concerns about housing affordability remain high.

We can help by partnering with business, government and

NGOs to deliver innovative and practical housing solutions.

ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE

•We will continue to experience negative reputational impacts

if we fail to raise standards across all our activities and take

customer and societal impacts into consideration when making

business decisions.

•By continuing to focus on improving customer outcomes and

strengthening our standards on issues such as environmental

sustainability and human rights, we have an opportunity to

differentiate ourselves from our peers.

GLOBALISATION

•Community concerns about aspects of trade and investment

can potentially limit opportunities.

•With increasing globalisation and the rise of Asia, we

can support our customers to increase their cross-border

trade and investment.

•Increased trade and investment leads to higher incomes and

employment for the communities in which ANZ operates.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

14

Chances are if you have strolled down the supermarket cereal aisle recently
you will have seen shelves stacked with boxes of Carman’s muesli.

Established in 1992 by Carolyn Creswell with a modest $1,000,

Carman’s is now a leader in breakfast and nutritious snacks,

exporting to 35 countries.

Using our international footprint we have helped connect

Carman’s to new markets, particularly in Asia, where there is an

abundance of opportunity for Westernised products.

“ANZ’s presence in Asia gives you introductions you would not

have otherwise because of their connections. It is really impressive

for an Australian bank to have that presence,” says Carolyn.

Having had a banking relationship for more than 10 years, the

journey for ANZ and Carman’s is centred on honesty, transparency

and integrity, identifying the ways in which each partner can

support the other.

Carolyn views Carman’s relationship with ANZ similar to any

other partnership.

“ANZ is a partner with us – the reality is ANZ is trying to make our

business better. If our business is better, we are going to do more

business with ANZ. We are all in this together.”

There is much ANZ can learn from Carman’s success, particularly

given Carolyn puts that success down to a focus on the customer

and having an engaged and passionate workforce – both central

elements of ANZ’s own strategy.

Image: Carolyn Creswell

CUSTOMER STORY

Helping our customers

export to the world

Our presence in

Asia has helped

Carman’s expand

into overseas

markets

15

Becoming a fairer and
more responsible bank

Our response to the Royal Commission

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking,

Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (the Royal

Commission) has had a profound impact on our organisation.


We are determined to learn from our failures and build a bank that is

worthy of the trust and respect of our customers and the community.

The Commission’s report led us to further examine how we serve

our customers. We identified eight lessons from our misconduct

and failures to meet community standards and expectations. These

lessons have informed our response to the ‘spirit and letter’ of the

Royal Commission. We are now identifying measures that will allow

us to be confident that these lessons have been acted on.

Our first step was to identify which Commission recommendations

we could quickly act on. This led to 16 initiatives to improve the

treatment of our retail customers, small businesses and farmers in

Australia. Some of the key commitments we have delivered on are:

•removing overdrawn and dishonour fees on our Pensioner

Advantage account (available to eligible recipients of Centrelink

or Veterans’ Affairs pensions)

•improving our service to Indigenous customers in remote

communities by setting up a dedicated phone service and

giving them easier options to prove their identity

•publishing principles to help family farming customers in

financial distress

•publishing principles on acting as a model litigant in disputes

with our customers

•implementing pay reforms that replace individual-based bonuses

for most of our employees with an incentive based on the overall

performance of the Group.

In addition to progressing these 16 initiatives, Colin Neave,

former Commonwealth Ombudsman and our first Customer

Fairness Adviser (appointed in 2016), reviewed individual ANZ

cases highlighted at the Royal Commission, taking action where

appropriate to resolve matters.

The majority of the recommendations in the Royal Commission

final report require legislative change and we will continue to work

with government as it implements those changes.

APRA Self-Assessment

In late 2018, the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA)

asked a range of financial services companies, including ANZ, to

examine through a Self-Assessment Report their behaviours and

operations in the wake of highly publicised misconduct in the sector.

We submitted our Self-Assessment Report to APRA in November

2018, and have since developed a ‘roadmap’ to act on the themes

raised in that report.

We identified five focus areas in which to concentrate our efforts to

deliver better outcomes. These areas were identified both through

the self-assessment as well as issues that were examined by the

Royal Commission.

Focus areas

Simplification

of our business, products

and processes

Culture

including the way we reward

and recognise our people

Governance

and

accountability

including how we are held to

account, and how we manage

and execute change

Remediation

including expansion of

our specialist customer

remediation team

Management of

operational risk

review and improvement of

our operational risk framework

Executive Committee members have been assigned ‘ownership’

of each focus area and they are responsible for monitoring

performance.

We have established a Royal Commission and Self-Assessment

Oversight Group to oversee an integrated response to the Royal

Commission and Self-Assessment.

Further details of our self-assessment can be found on bluenotes

at anz.com.

During this year we have continued to make changes to our culture,

governance and accountability mechanisms to help improve customer

outcomes and restore community trust.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

16

Our
customers

We seek to treat our customers fairly and responsibly,

providing them with suitable and appropriate products and

services, supported by strong data protection.

We have identified three customer segments where we believe

we can best achieve this: home owners, business owners and

companies that move capital and goods across the region.

Providing suitable products and services

We have contacted more than 1 million of our retail and commercial

customers, including customers who:

•are in receipt of eligible Centrelink or Veterans’ Affairs benefits

to offer to help them move to a low-cost, basic bank account.

Since June 2019, we have contacted 128,624 customers (via

email or letters);

•are experiencing persistent credit card debt;

•have Interest Only home loans set to expire within 6 months,

reminding them of the expiry period and notifying them of the

options available at the end of the period;

•have opened an ANZ Access Advantage account within the last

13–16 days, reminding them to credit their account with regular

salary payments; and

•have Progress Saver periodical payment or direct debit due to

expire in the next month to remind them an automated credit

can help them receive bonus interest on their account.

Consistently delivering a positive customer experience enables us to create

value for all of our stakeholders and is critical to our long-term success.

CUSTOMER STORY

Helping customers to get

on top of credit card debt

We have been contacting credit card customers who

are carrying persistent debt

1

on their card to help them pay their debt faster.

Customers have been offered financial education, and the

opportunity to close their card and repay the remaining debt

at a lower interest rate. We have contacted 9,500 customers as

at 30 September 2019.

Earlier this year we contacted John*, a long-term customer

who has held a credit card facility with ANZ since 1976. John

had a balance of $9,500 (on a $10,000 limit) and the entirety of

the balance was on a cash advance interest rate of 21.74% per

annum. John had not transacted on the card since 2016 and

had been making payments only slightly above the minimum

monthly repayment amount.

1.

Where for at least the last 12 months a credit card has over 80% of the credit utilised and the customer has been paying 2–3% of the outstanding balance on average each month.

* Customer name has been changed.

Links to 2019 Group

Performance Framework

We are committed to improving the customer

experience, as highlighted by the implementation of 16

initiatives in Australia in response to the Royal Commission.

There were some challenges during the year including

technology stability issues, and a period of underperformance

in respect of assessment and approval times relative to peers

in home lending. Institutional performance in key customer

satisfaction/relationship strength surveys continued to be a

highlight, along with strong digital engagement with customers.

Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for

further details.

Continuing his current repayment behaviour, John would have

taken more than 9 years to pay off the debt – assuming there was

no further spending on the card – accruing at least $12,000 in

interest over that time.

After contacting John and explaining his options, John agreed to

an instalment plan with an interest rate of 7% per annum. This will

enable him to pay off the debt in five years or less, saving more

than $10,000 in interest charges.

This program has been welcomed by many customers,

including John who said, “I wish this had happened a long time

ago ... it’s such a relief.”

17

Home owners
We are committed to fund and facilitate $1 billion of investment

by 2023 to deliver around 3,200 more affordable, secure and

sustainable homes to buy and rent in Australia.

We are developing a housing supply pipeline through direct

engagement with our clients (new and existing), supporting

innovative models to finance new supply. This includes:

•jointly arranging the inaugural bond issue of $315 million for

the Commonwealth’s National Housing Finance and Investment

Corporation (NHFIC), the largest social bond for housing in

Australia; and

•arranging the first wellbeing bonds in New Zealand for Housing

New Zealand Corporation (NZ$500 million and NZ$600 million).

We have also established a Housing Virtual Fund (the Fund)

enabling us to accommodate non-conforming risk aspects of

new housing models. Emerging housing models generally come

with increased risk for the developer, the bank and the consumer,

preventing innovative models from being brought to market at

scale. The Fund ensures that we have a comprehensive internal

review process, allowing us to utilise all of our expertise in

understanding and managing risk.

Support for first home buyers

Our research shows that 64 percent of first home buyers are

uncertain of what to do when it comes to buying their first

property and they want someone they can trust to guide them

through the process.

1

In response, we are improving the skills of

our frontline staff enabling them to provide tailored guidance and

support to first home buyers. We have:

•provided more than 3,300 frontline staff with Home Loan Coach

training across Australia and New Zealand;

•improved our First Home Coach training in Australia – nearly

800 of our frontline staff have completed this training; and

•provided Construction Coach training in New Zealand to

support customers building or renovating a home – more

than 220 frontline staff have received training.

We have also developed the most accurate property price

predictor in the market to support customers in establishing

the value of their future home.

In recognition of our commitment to this

customer segment ANZ has been named

Bank of The Year for First Home Buyers by

Canstar for three years running (2017–2019).

Industry insights

During the year we have undertaken significant engagement

with industry stakeholders to ensure that as an organisation we

are directly linked to the housing policy agenda, offering market

expertise to support government, customers and the community

with relevant insights to inform decision-making.

We have entered into a three-year partnership with CoreLogic to

deliver a bi-annual housing affordability report. The report provides

in-depth market analysis of the Australian housing market for both

buyers and renters.

1.

ANZ Home Buying Research, Prescience, May 2015.

Making homes healthier in New Zealand

According to research by the Building Research Association

of New Zealand, about half of the homes built are unsuitable

for the climate – they are not adequately insulated, have

insufficient heating and are damp with visible signs of mould.

“As New Zealand’s biggest home lender, housing is one area

where we want to make a difference”, says Antonia Watson,

Acting Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand.

We have set aside NZ$100 million so our customers can enjoy

warmer, healthier homes while potentially also keeping energy

costs down. Last year we began offering our home loan

customers (both owner-occupiers and investors) an interest-

free home loan top-up (up to NZ$5,000). More than 1,800

interest-free home loans (to the value of NZ$6.3 million) have

been drawn down as at 30 September 2019. The top-up offer

was also extended to heat pumps in July 2019.

In addition, in April 2019 we launched a Healthy Home Loan

Package, that includes discounts to standard home loan rates,

as well as fee waivers across a range of accounts, for customers

buying, building or renovating a home to 6 Homestar or above,

in New Zealand.

Thirty four customers are now on the package (funds under

management of NZ$11.7 million) and we are working to

identify existing eligible customers to transition them across

to the package.

Not only are there health benefits associated with more energy

efficient homes but occupants may also have more disposable

income because they are paying lower power bills.

“When every dollar counts, a lower home loan rate might

swing the decision to go the extra mile on health and

sustainability measures.” says Antonia.

Our customers continued

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

18

Customer remediation
Fair, responsible and efficient customer remediation is a focus for the

bank, with significant investment being made across our Australia,

Wealth and New Zealand Divisions.

We are currently resolving identified fee or interest discrepancies

with over 3.4 million Retail and Commercial customers. To date our

Australian Retail and Commercial Responsible Banking team has

remediated over one million customer accounts

5

and issued refunds

of around $62 million.

In Wealth, the team has completed the first stage of a review to

identify instances of inappropriate advice to customers. Over 7,000

advice cases, spanning more than a decade, were reviewed. In

addition, the majority of remediation cases relating to ANZ Financial

Planning ‘fee for no service’ have now been remediated.

Wealth has remediated nearly

26,000 cases in total and made

payments of $95.2m as at

30 September 2019.

Over the 12 months to 30 September 2019, the Responsible Banking

team has increased the number of dedicated remediation resources

working on large scale customer remediation matters from around

150 to around 275 people.

Similarly, the team within Wealth has expanded from around 120 to

around 170 over the same time period and is projected to increase

to around 200 by December 2019. Our New Zealand business also

has almost 60 dedicated remediation resources. These additional

resources, together with an increase in infrastructure and capability,

are enabling us to refund impacted customers in a scalable and

repeatable way.

More than 500 people throughout the Australian Retail and

Commercial business are also working on a number of smaller

customer remediations, fixes and investigations.

We are delivering an ongoing education program to share ‘lessons

learnt’ and to highlight the impacts on customers when we fail

to get it right. In creating a collective understanding of the root

causes of our existing remediations, we continue to build a shared

accountability for the prevention of future issues.

$

1.

Roy Morgan Research Single Source, Australian population aged 14+, Main Financial

Institution, six month rolling average to Sep’19. Ranking based on the four major

Australian banks.

2.

DBM Business Financial Services Monitor. Base: Commercial Banking (<$100 million annual

turnover) Main Financial Institution customers. Six month average to Sep’19. Ranking

based on the four major Australian banks.

3.

Retail Market Monitor, Camorra Research, six month rolling average to Sep’19.

4.

Business Finance Monitor, TNS Kantar Research. Base: Commercial ($3 million – $150

million annual turnover) and Agricultural (>500K annual turnover) customers. Four quarter

rolling average to Q3’19.

5.

In certain instances ANZ makes:

• a community service payment in lieu of a payment to a customer account. In 2019

charity payments were made for ~111,000 accounts totalling ~$355,000.

• the customer payment via cheque. In 2019 cheques were issued for ~178,000 accounts

totalling ~$11,088,000. A proportion of these cheques remain unpresented.

Customer experience

One way in which we measure the experience of our customers

is through Net Promoter Score. Net Promotor Score enables us to

gauge whether we are meeting customer needs and expectations

and how we are performing relative to peers. It is measured by

asking customers how likely they are to recommend ANZ (on a 0–10

scale) and is calculated by subtracting the percentage of detractors

(those who give a score of 0–6) from the percentage of promoters

(those who give a 9 or 10).

With respect to our Australian and New Zealand Retail and

Commercial customers we failed to meet our target to improve

our Net Promoter Score relative to peers. Our Institutional ranking

remains at number one in both Australia and New Zealand.

Managing customer complaints

Listening to our customers and responding to their complaints

in a timely, transparent and fair way is key to maintaining their

confidence and trust in us.

This year, both the Australian Financial Complaints Authority and

the Australian Securities and Investments Commission identified the

need for significant improvement in our internal dispute resolution.

High complaint volumes and lengthy delays in resolution were

highlighted. We have established a detailed action plan which

sets out the changes we need to make to improve our customers’

experience and we will keep stakeholders informed of our progress.

For further information on our approach to complaints handling,

complaint volumes and the role of our Customer Advocate refer

to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs in December.

Australia

Retail: ranking 4th

1


(down from 3rd at end of 2018)

Commercial: ranking 3rd

2


(no change from 2018)

New Zealand

Retail: ranking 4th

3


(no change from 2018)

Commercial and Agricultural:

ranking of 5th

4


(no change from 2018)

Net promoter score

19

Our customers continued
The benefits of open banking

Open banking regulation came into force at the start of July in

Australia, supporting the sharing of generic product data with

third parties, with the aim of making it easier for customers to

compare products. The sharing of customer specific data will

start in early 2020. This will enable consumers to access data

about themselves (personal, account and transaction data) and

share it with accredited third parties of their choice.

At the heart of open banking is trust in how open banking

participants manage their customers’ data. We will continue

to invest in our customers’ security and privacy, and apply our

ethical principles to all data use and the outcomes that result.

Our Data Ethics Principles put our customers’ interests first in

how their data is collected, used and disclosed; and provide

mechanisms for transparency and choice to help our customers

understand and control their personal information.

We will uphold these principles as the open banking regime

begins, ensuring our customers can request the sharing of their

data, while also maintaining control over where and how their

data is used.

“The emerging Australian data economy, sustained by customer-

driven data sharing frameworks, should give customers more

control in sharing information with confidence. Also, it should

create opportunities for business to leverage their expertise,

experience and technology into new areas to serve their

customers. Businesses that engage with the data sector will

have the opportunity to offer better services, and a more precise

product to meet customer needs. Their customers should have the

opportunity to benefit from enhanced choice and convenience.

The efficient use of data, in a secure ecosystem with a strong

governance structure, could be tremendously beneficial for

businesses and customers alike.”

Scott Farrell, Chair of Open Banking Review

We are implementing digital solutions to assist our customers to

improve their financial wellbeing. We have developed new features

in the ANZ app to help our customers work towards their financial

objectives by setting and tracking goals. Currently in the pilot phase,

new features include data-driven ‘nudges’ (messages) to customers

via the app, with milestones and tips to help them meet their

savings goals.

Of the 2.8 million customers

using our ANZ app, 36 percent

are using mobile banking only –

up 30 percent this year

With increasing digitalisation, a strong

cyber security capability is critical

As our customers choose to move their banking to digital platforms

we are focused on safeguarding their money and personal

information. We have invested heavily in our cyber security

capability, and are in a strong position to keep our systems, data and

customers safe from the increasing pace, scale and sophistication of

cyber-attacks.

Recognising humans play a significant role in the security

‘ecosystem’, we are delivering comprehensive education programs

for employees and customers, simplifying cyber security, and

making it easier to understand and implement. This year we have

developed workshops to help small businesses stay safe online,

raised awareness of online scams and reached millions of customers

through our campaign to help them protect their ‘virtual’ valuables.

We are also helping to develop the cyber security curriculum for

Australian high schools to ‘grow’ the next generation of cyber

security workers.

Promoting a culture where security is everyone’s business means we

are better placed to protect our systems, data and our customers,

and can actively contribute to digital innovation and the economic

opportunities a secure online world offers.

Biometric authentication protecting

customer payments in Australia

and New Zealand

ANZ was the first Australian bank to enable its

customers to make high value payments (up to

$25,000) via the ANZ app using their voice. Our

voice ID technology allows customers to verify

their identity using their voice, rather than a PIN or password. While

still an emerging technology, we currently have almost one million

customers in Australia registered for voice ID. To date there have

been no instances of fraud from a voice biometric breach.

Supplementary disclosures

Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs

in December for further disclosures, including historical

data tables.

Offering customers more convenient and

engaging banking solutions

Fifteen years ago more than half of all banking transactions occurred

within the branch network; today, that number is down to less than

10 percent. Of the 2.8 million customers using our ANZ app, 36

percent are using mobile banking only – up 30 percent this year,

demonstrating the significant shift in how customers are choosing

to engage with us.

This digital banking evolution brings both opportunities and

challenges for ANZ. We are tailoring our products and services

to the changing habits of our customers, who have told us they

want more flexibility in their banking. Our digital technology now

makes it possible for our customers to serve themselves, anywhere,

anytime and we are adapting the way we operate to accommodate

this. Peak usage on the ANZ app is between 4–6pm, and even

during our quietest time between 12–2am we are serving almost

100,000 customers.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

20

Australia Retail and Commercial
External operating environment

In Australia credit growth is slowing, revenue

growth is negligible, interest rates are at

record lows and regulation has increased

substantially.

Competition too is intense, particularly in the

home loan market. New competitors built to

make the most of digital innovations to serve

customers are also having an impact.

The housing market activity is improving off

the back of the lower interest rates, and the

removal of investor and interest only lending

caps, but it is too soon to call a recovery.

Businesses remain cautious and are taking a

‘wait and see’ approach with the economy.

Investment continues to be below long-

term averages.

Business strategy outcomes

Momentum has returned in home lending

with applications up 34% in the second

half of 2019 (compared with the first half ),

through improving turnaround times

and greater clarity on lending policies,

adjustments to lending caps and a major

marketing campaign to restore confidence

across our distribution channels. We

are confident this will flow through to

settlements.

More than half of our customers now bank

digitally and the ANZ App has 2.8 million

users making more than $380 million worth

of transactions every day.

Our ANZ Business Growth Program

has created more than 1,300 jobs and

participants have increased their revenue

by 374% and profit by 461%.

Through our network and insights, our

customers continue to succeed in Asia

and more than 200 have joined us for

delegations to China, Hong Kong,

Singapore, Vietnam and Japan.

Performance

1

2019 was a challenging year for Australia Retail

and Commercial, impacted by continued

margin erosion, lower average lending

volumes (a combination of the external

environment and ANZ conservative business

settings) and reduction in fee Income.

The home loan portfolio, down 3%, was

affected by slowing system credit growth,

competition and more conservative home

loan origination risk settings. Commercial

Lending, also down 2%, was driven by lower

volumes in Small Business Banking.

Customers grew by more than 130,000 in the

year to 6.4 million, with 3.6 million customers

now digitally active. Deposits also increased

in 2019 to $208 billion, with Retail deposits

up 1% and Commercial up 5%.

Productivity initiatives, including workforce and

branch optimisation delivered cost savings and

offset increased investment spending.

Financial Performance for Australia Retail

and Commercial is provided within the Our

Performance section on pages 52 to 65.

1.

Commercial includes Small Business Banking,

Business Banking and Private Bank

“ While this year has had its challenges, I’m pleased

our recent actions have restored momentum in our

home loans business and with the progress we’ve

made in fixing the failures of the past.”

Mark Hand – Group Executive Australia Retail and Commercial Banking

Our divisions

Financial Performance

Cash continuing

1

Cash profit ($m)

Return on Avg. RWAs (%)

Net Loans & Advances ($b)

2018

3,626

2018

341

2019

3,195

2019

332

Customer Deposits ($b)

2018

2.2

2018

203

2019

2.0

2019

208

% of Group Profit FY19

% of Group Net Loans & Advances

49%

54%

1.

On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in

understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.

21

Financial Performance
Cash continuing

1

External operating environment

Market conditions have been challenging,

particularly in the second half of this financial

year. This is due to a combination of record

low interest rates, high liquidity, low volatility,

and heightened geopolitical tensions.

China has been adapting to a slowing

economy, while the inverted US Treasury

yield curve sparked fears of a potential

economic recession in the world’s largest

economy.

Shifts in trade and supply chains due to

the US-China trade war have had a positive

impact on some markets, particularly in

South-East Asia, where ANZ has a presence.

ANZ is also well prepared for Brexit with our

European branch network and licensing

arrangements meaning customers do

not need to make changes or open new

accounts in order to continue to bank with

us in Europe.

Business strategy outcomes

Institutional is focused on customers who

value us, working within clear priority sectors,

sharpening our geographic focus, simplifying

products and technology and driving

structural efficiencies.

Following our decision to exit lower

returning and non-core customer

relationships, Institutional is now in the

process of pivoting to responsible and

disciplined growth. We have also maintained

our focus on reducing costs and capital

efficiency.

This has delivered leading market positions

across key geographies (#1 Australia & NZ,

#5 Asia) and #1 in overall relationship quality

for the second year running.

The sale of Retail, Commercial and SME in

Papua New Guinea completed in September

2019 has enabled the business to focus on

Institutional banking. The sale of our stake

in Royal Bank in Cambodia (completed in

July 2019) was also an important step in our

simplification strategy.

Performance

Institutional continued to deliver the benefits

of a simpler and more disciplined business

in 2019, reporting an increase in Cash Profit

and growth in the balance sheet. Net Loans

and Advances were up 10% while customer

deposits grew 6%.

Geographically, Australia, New Zealand and

Asia Pacific, Europe & America all delivered

profit growth, supported by strong customer

revenue growth.

Transaction Banking and Loans and

Specialised Finance both increased revenue

in 2019, up 8% and 7% respectively. Markets

revenue was down marginally due to lower

Balance Sheet revenue, while Franchise

Sales and Franchise Trading both delivered

stronger revenue outcomes.

Focus on productivity contributed to another

year of cost reductions, a result of lower full

time equivalent staff, decrease in software

amortisation and property efficiencies.

Credit charges remained below long run trends.

Financial Performance for Institutional is

provided within the Our Performance section

on pages 52 to 65.

“ Institutional is smaller but better – we’re in the right

markets, with the right customers and at the right

returns. Our focused strategy is delivering results, and

we’re staying vigilant in managing risks relating to

geopolitics, global trade and consumer retail trends.”

Mark Whelan – Group Executive Institutional

Institutional

Our divisions continued

Cash profit ($m)

Return on Avg. RWAs (%)

Net Loans & Advances ($b)

2018

1,480

2018

150

2019

1,828

2019

165

Customer Deposits ($b)

2018

0.9

2018

206

2019

1.1

2019

217

% of Group Profit FY19

% of Group Net Loans & Advances

28%

27%

1.

On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in

understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

22

External operating environment
The New Zealand economy remains sound

with commodity prices remaining solid,

population growth still strong and continued

low unemployment.

GDP growth, however, has slowed. Business

and consumer confidence is down due to

uncertainty in the international economic

outlook. This has resulted in lower business

investment and consumer spending. That

has meant the historically low official cash

rate environment has not provided the

economic stimulus many had hoped for.

The level of regulatory scrutiny is increasing

on all financial services entities in New

Zealand and this is increasing compliance

costs for the business.

The proposed RBNZ capital changes – which

are intended to create a stronger and more

robust banking industry and are expected to

be made public in December 2019.

Business strategy outcomes

We continued to progress our strategy of

simplifying the business and improving

customer experience.

The OnePath Life insurance business sale

was completed in November 2018, as well

as other non-core ANZ New Zealand assets

Paymark and ANZ Securities.

Frontline sales incentives were removed in

2019 to give confidence to customers that

any products and services they purchased

were sold to them for the right reasons.

In striving to be the best bank to help Kiwis

own homes, we developed a market leading

proposition that includes a “healthy homes”

package to better insulate and heat houses.

The Commercial and Agri, and Institutional

parts of ANZ New Zealand had a major

focus on environmental initiatives to assist

customers in the economy.

Within the Wealth unit, superannuation

product Kiwisaver continued its strong

growth, surpassing $14.5 billion in funds

under management.

Performance

Our New Zealand business maintained a

leading position in core banking products

this year, with ~31% share of mortgages

(August 2019), ~34% share of household

deposits (August 2019) and ~24% share of

KiwiSaver (June 2019).

While the operating conditions were more

challenging, Retail and Commercial both

delivered balance sheet growth in 2019.

Retail net loans and advances were up

4% (driven by Home Loan growth), and

Commercial lending up 2%. Revenue for the

division was however impacted by margin

pressure from lower deposit margins and

home loan mix changes.

Customer deposits grew 3% and customer

numbers grew modestly to 2.4 million, of

which 1.5 million customers are digitally

active. Digital sales were up ~4% and now

account for ~ 30% of all retail sales.

Focus in recent years on more conservative

lending standards, together with a benign

credit environment, contributed to provision

charges remaining low this year.

Financial Performance for New Zealand is

provided within the Our Performance section

on pages 52 to 65.

New Zealand

“ While it’s been a difficult year reputationally for

the organisation, the business has stayed strong,

with staff continuing to focus on doing the right

thing by customers.”

Antonia Watson – Acting Chief Executive Officer New Zealand

Cash profit (NZDm)

Return on Avg. RWAs (%)

Net Loans & Advances (NZDb)

2018

1,655

2018

122

2019

1,479

2019

126

Customer Deposits (NZDb)

2018

2.7

2018

87

2019

2.4

2019

90

% of Group Profit FY19

% of Group Net Loans & Advances

22%

19%

Financial Performance

Cash continuing

1

1.

On a cash profit (continuing operations) basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and discontinued operations included in cash profit. It is provided to assist readers in

understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 53.

23

Our
people

We are developing the culture, capabilities and behaviours we

need to live our purpose and values and deliver our strategy.

Links to 2019 Group

Performance Framework

Highlights during the year include: strengthening

our Accountability and Consequence Framework; evolving

our approach to measurement and governance of culture

initiatives; redesigning and launching changes to how

we manage and reward our people; solid progress in the

investment in key skills for our future; launch of a digital

learning platform; and a record level engagement survey result.

Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for

further detail.

Culture

Our desired culture is underpinned by our purpose, values, and

Code of Conduct, as well as being focused on delivering great

customer outcomes, making things simpler and always learning.

Both a strong risk mindset and behaviours are embedded in our

values, Code of Conduct and performance expectations, and we are

committed to providing a safe environment in which all employees

are empowered to ‘speak up’ and raise ideas or issues and concerns.

We seek to understand and improve our culture on an ongoing

basis and are continually improving the way we track and measure

our progress. One way we do this is through our Enterprise Culture

Steering Group, whose membership includes the CEO and other

members of the Executive Committee, which meets twice a year and

provides an opportunity for each Executive to present the cultural

strengths and development areas of their business, and actions

taken and planned to shift the culture.

Culture assessments

We are supported by a team of specialists in our Internal Audit

group who undertake cultural assessments within the bank. These

assessments assist our leaders to understand the culture within the

business, how culture impacts the way we support customers and

where culture could expose us to risk.

The assessments focus on identifying cultural themes, underlying

factors and their impact to support the business to drive sustainable

change toward ANZ’s desired culture. They incorporate a blend of

quantitative data, primarily through an employee survey, as well as

qualitative data through employee focus groups.

More than 20,000 employees

have participated in culture

assessments (since 2016)

Once an assessment is completed, the implementation of actions

to address cultural challenges is monitored, and the effectiveness of

those actions in shifting towards the desired culture is reviewed.

Our focus is on the following priorities:

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

initiatives in support of our

desired culture;

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

strengthening our Risk Culture, including

strengthening our Accountability and

Consequence Framework;

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

changing the way in which we reward

our people;

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

preparing our people for the future,

ensuring we have the critical

capabilities to succeed; and

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

creating a diverse and inclusive

workplace and building our people’s

resilience and wellbeing.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

24

Left to right: ANZ employees,
Sewmee Samarasinghe and Kate London

Strengthening our risk culture

During 2019 we have strengthened the way we deal with risk events

through an enhanced Accountability and Consequence Framework,

which is applicable to all of our people.

New Accountability and Consequence Principles set out when and

how an accountability review will be conducted following a material

risk or audit event, define the various categories of accountability

(e.g. direct, indirect, collective) and provide guidelines for the

relevant Group Executive to consider in determining appropriate

consequences. Appropriate consequences should reflect the

severity of the issue and may include, for example, one or more of

the following: coaching, counselling, formal warnings, impacts to

performance and remuneration outcomes, impacts on promotion,

application of malus and ultimately termination of employment for

the most serious issues.

The Consequence Review Group (CRG), chaired by the CEO,

oversees the implementation and ongoing effectiveness of the

Accountability and Consequence Framework, being cognisant of

its impact on the culture of ANZ. The CRG reviews material risk and

audit events and associated accountability and consequences.

Our ongoing focus on accountability, consequences and driving

a strong risk culture supports our customer commitment that

when things go wrong, we fix them quickly and consistently hold

executives to account where appropriate.

‘Speak up’ culture

We also seek to support a strong ‘speak up’ culture and ensure

managers recognise exemplary risk and audit behaviours. The focus

on ‘speak up’ is being supported through our New Ways of Leading

(NWOL) that are aligned with our purpose and values. NWOL

focuses on five behaviours relevant for all employees and imperative

for people leaders: be curious, create shared clarity, empower

people, connect with empathy and grow people selflessly. We are

incorporating culture into leader-led team activities to facilitate

open, purposeful conversations about our culture and practices

and create a psychologically safe environment for employees to

‘speak up’. We continue to promote and raise employee awareness

of the various ways that employees can ‘speak up’ including through

initiatives such as the Whistleblower Awareness Week.

We have 39,060 full-time

equivalent employees

Application of consequences

In 2019 across the Group, 151 employees were terminated for

breaches of our Code of Conduct. A further 516 employees received

a formal disciplinary outcome, with managers required to apply

impacts to their performance and remuneration outcomes as part of

the annual review process.

At the senior leadership level, 30 current or former senior leaders

(Senior Executives, Executives and senior managers) had a formal

consequence applied in 2019 for Code of Conduct breaches or

findings of accountability for a material event, or otherwise left the

bank after an investigation had been initiated. The 30 employees

represent ~ 1% of the senior leader population. The consequences

applied included warnings, impacts to performance and/or

remuneration outcomes and cessation of employment.

Senior leader consequences in 2019

1

Performance and remuneration consequence23

Formal warnings12

No longer employed7

1.

Individuals are included under all categories that are relevant meaning one individual

may be reflected in multiple categories.

Changes to remuneration

A key focus this year has been the redesign of the way we

financially reward and manage the performance of our people

to better support our purpose, culture and values. The changes

include rebalancing the way we pay our people so that variable

remuneration is a smaller part of take home pay. For the majority

of employees, variable remuneration will be based on Group

performance only (i.e. no individual bonuses). These changes will

apply from financial year 2020, and are more closely aligned to our

desired culture, with increased focus on collaboration and team

performance, as well as individual growth and development.

We are implementing the recommendations from Stephen

Sedgwick’s ‘Retail Banking Remuneration Review’, which is focused

on strengthening the alignment of retail bank incentives, sales

practices and good customer outcomes. Recommendations that

ANZ is delivering independently are 90% complete and will be

fully implemented well ahead of the October 2020 deadline. We

continue to work with industry to progress the recommendations

for third parties and principles to underpin customer metrics.

Management provides regular updates to the Board Human

Resources Committee on progress.

25

Building workforce capability
We are creating an environment where our people can learn

and grow every day, helping us to build organisational agility

and capability to remain competitive.

We are building the capabilities of our leaders through the

introduction of a new leadership feedback survey giving our

leaders tangible and actionable feedback on their strengths

and development opportunities. We continue to track the

demonstration of our NWOL behaviours and our people are

telling us through the leadership and engagement surveys that

they are seeing their leaders demonstrating improvements across

all five behaviours.

Employee engagement: 77%

(up from 73% in 2018)

1

In addition, we are building the capabilities critical to delivering

our strategy and to future-proofing our workforce, with a focus on

investing in our pipeline of data and engineering talent with new

roles and development opportunities in data analysis and science.

During the year we launched a new social learning platform – Our

Way of Learning (OWL). Combining the functionality of a search

engine and a social learning network, OWL offers employees free

access to internal subject matter experts at ANZ and external

content providers and user-generated content. OWL can be

accessed by our people anywhere, anytime, and on any device.

In 2019 our people undertook almost 1.5 million hours of learning

to increase their skills and capabilities, including self-directed

learning through OWL.

Our people continued

?

Diversity, inclusion and wellbeing

We are making progress on our priority to build an engaged, diverse

and inclusive workforce. We want our workforce to reflect the

communities we serve and believe that leveraging the diversity of our

people will allow us to innovate and improve customer experience.

This year our efforts have focused on enabling social and economic

participation through providing employment opportunities for

people from under-represented groups (including Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islanders, people with disability and refugees). Overall,

we are broadly on-track to meet our target to recruit >1,000 people

from these groups by the end of FY20, reaching 734 since 2016.

Our Spectrum Program is designed to offer employment

opportunities to the autism community (sometimes described as

part of the neurodivergent community) to build fulfilling careers

in areas such as cyber security, coding and testing. This year we

welcomed additional participants and nearly half of our original

cohort moved into permanent ongoing employment with ANZ.

734 people employed from

under-represented groups

(since 2016)

We recognise that addressing the barriers preventing women

from being fairly represented in senior roles is the key to closing

our gender pay gap. We have a target in place to increase the

representation of Women in Leadership to 34.1%

2

by the end of the

financial year 2020. This year representation has increased by 0.5%

(up from 32% as at September 2018). Our progress is monitored

monthly by the CEO and an Executive Committee.

A summary of our policy position on Diversity and Inclusion can

be found at anz.com/corporate governance.

We continue to make strong progress in supporting our people’s

safety and wellbeing. Our Health and Safety policy, and associated

programs, ensure that we provide an environment that enables

employees to participate fully in the workplace and perform at their

best. This year we have increased our focus on employee wellbeing,

encompassing the areas of mental, physical, social and financial

wellbeing.

We also provide opportunities for our people to contribute to the

communities in which they live and work through our giving and

volunteering programs. For further detail see page 30.

1.

Against a target of improving by 6% to 80% by 2020 (against a 2016 baseline score of 74%).

2.

Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels. Includes all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (who are included in FTE).

Supplementary disclosures

Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for

further detail.

Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs

in December for further disclosures, including historical

data tables.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

26

Since it was founded in 2009 it has helped more than 1,500 young
people build stability and health back into their lives, while gaining

work experience and hospitality qualifications from regular training

across STREAT’s businesses.

“We have seven cafes, a bakery, a coffee roastery and a daily

catering business and we generate 80 percent of our own income

through these businesses,” says Bec Scott OAM, STREAT co-founder

and Chief Executive Officer.

STREAT’s newest location is a café housed inside ANZ’s campus

at 839 Collins Street in Melbourne.

Our decision to partner with a social enterprise was a deliberate

and considered one. With the opening of our new building this

year there was an opportunity to look at the tendering process

differently and select a partner that aligned directly with our own

values and purpose.

Having a large group of our employees within such close quarters

of the café helps the young people with their work experience.

“STREAT works to create healthy people and a healthy planet.

When you buy a coffee from us you’re creating training and

employment opportunities for marginalised young Victorians,

helping create change in coffee farming communities around the

world and saving tonnes of disposable paper cups going to landfill

each year.” says Bec.

Trainees completing STREAT’s six month intensive program will

spend two shifts a week at one of STREAT’s cafés. Bec says a strong

rapport is built within the office environment over that time and

corporate staff often ask about the trainees after they graduate.

Left to right: Ryan McDonald – Cafe Operations Manager, STREAT, Bec Scott OAM –

STREAT co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Elise Bennetts – Chief Relationship

Officer, STREAT

Social enterprise STREAT provides a bridge to employment

for young people experiencing disadvantage.

COMMUNITY STORY

Cafe partnership helping to break

the cycle of disadvantage

Since 2009

STREAT has helped

more than 1,500

young people

27

In 2019
Our community

Strong relationships with our stakeholders and the broader community are

critical to our success. Banking is based on trust and we are working hard to

regain the community’s trust following the Royal Commission.

Our financial inclusion program

partnerships change lives

Saver Plus – developed by Brotherhood of St Laurence

and ANZ in 2003, program participants open an ANZ savings

account, set a savings goal and save towards it regularly over

10 months while also attending MoneyMinded financial

education sessions. On reaching their goal, savings are

matched by ANZ dollar for dollar, up to $500, which must be

spent on education.

Since 2003, Saver Plus has reached over 43,600 lower-income

participants and is expected to enable over $33 million of

private sector funds to be invested in education by 2020.

MoneyMinded – this program supports adults with low

levels of financial literacy and those on lower incomes across

21 markets, including Australia and New Zealand. It is delivered

by community partner organisations in Australia and New

Zealand, and a mix of community organisations and ANZ

employees in Asia and the Pacific.

MoneyBusiness – operating since 2005, MoneyBusiness is

deigned to build the money management skills and confidence

of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders. In that time it has

reached over 79,500 participants and has been delivered in

over 320 communities through either Australian Government-

funded service providers or ANZ’s partners.

42.4% of employees

volunteered

We matched employee

donations, collectively

contributing over $2 million

to charitable organisations

Employees

volunteered 134,930

hours to community

organisations

$

Improving financial wellbeing – at the core

of our strategy

Financial wellbeing contributes significantly to overall health

and wellbeing, community connectedness and economic and

social participation.

Over many years we have invested in community programs,

including Saver Plus and MoneyMinded, which have been proven

to be an important part of the financial inclusion story for lower-

income people. These programs have helped to build financial skills

and resilience, develop active savings habits and improve overall

financial wellbeing.

Links to 2019 Group

Performance Framework

Regaining the trust of the community, government

and other key stakeholders remains a major focus – our Reptrak

community sentiment indicator improved over the 12 months

to 58.8 but remains well below pre Royal Commission levels. We

have retained high scores in a number of indices:

•Corporate Confidence Index (CCI)

1

: Score above peer average

•Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI)

2

: 2019 score of 82

(2018: 83). ANZ returned to global top ten (#10 overall)

Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for

further detail.

1.

Corporate Confidence Index (CCI): Outcomes of the CCI are provided to ANZ on a confidential basis.

2.

Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI): Evaluates the sustainability performance of thousands of companies trading publicly, operated under a strategic partnership between S&P Dow Jones

Indices and RobecoSAM (Sustainable Asset Management).

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

28

More than 87,500
people participated

in our MoneyMinded

program in 2019

COMMUNITY STORY

MoneyMinded –

changing attitudes to money

$

Taghrid participated in MoneyMinded through the Brotherhood of

St Laurence’s Stepping Stones program. Stepping Stones is a micro-

enterprise program offered to women who have migrant, refugee or

asylum seeker backgrounds.

Originally from Lebanon, Taghrid arrived in Australia 10 years

ago with her husband and one-year-old daughter. Keen to start

her own business making special occasion cakes she took part

in Stepping Stones, completing MoneyMinded in the process.

MoneyMinded taught her about prioritising her spending and

deciphering between ‘needs and wants’.

She also learned about the value of having ‘emergency money’.

Since completing MoneyMinded Taghrid regularly transfers $50

into a specific savings account, ‘just like paying a bill’. With these

savings she was able to buy a replacement car when hers broke

down – before MoneyMinded she would have been without a

car for several months.

MoneyMinded has also changed her attitude to money. Taghrid is

careful with her money, but she is also finding alternatives so she

and her family are not missing out on enjoying life.

“I’m not cutting anything, I’m not suffering. But at the same time,

if I need something, I have money to buy it in a different way. I cut

my coffee, but I enrolled in a gym,” she said.

Taghrid has clear financial goals now too – a short-term goal of

saving for materials for her business and a longer-term goal for her

family to buy a home.

Image: MoneyMinded participant Taghrid

29

Our community continued
Community investment

It is important that we are a part of the communities in which we

operate, and we provide many opportunities for our people to

get involved through our community programs – volunteering,

funding and participating in community projects, or donating

through workplace giving.

The strength of our relationships with partners in the not-for-profit

sector is key to our ability to support the delivery of much needed

services to the community. Many of our partners work in areas

aligned to our priority areas of financial wellbeing, housing and

environmental sustainability.

$142.2 million in

community investment

1

Workplace giving

Our workplace giving program enables employees in Australia

to make contributions to around 30 charity partners through

regular pre-tax payroll deductions. This year we introduced

‘double matching’ – for every dollar donated by an employee

(up to $5,000 per employee in a tax year) through the program,

ANZ donates two dollars.

Our employees in New Zealand and Fiji can also donate through

payroll to their respective staff foundations (charitable trusts that

provide small grants) and ANZ double matches donations.

Volunteering

Our Volunteer Leave Policy, which applies to permanent, regular

and fixed-term employees provides for at least one day of paid

volunteer leave each year.

Supplementary disclosures

Refer to our 2019 ESG Supplement available at anz.com/cs

in December for further disclosures, including historical

data tables.

Public policy debate

We seek to contribute constructively to policy debate and understand

the perspectives of our community’s elected representatives,

policy makers and regulators. We contribute to debate on business,

economic, social and environmental issues affecting our customers

and shareholders.

We work in a collaborative and open way as members of associations

that have similar interests and approaches to ours.

In 2019 our key membership payments were:

Australian Banking Association $4,045,653

Business Council of Australia $93,500

New Zealand Bankers’ Association (NZD) $294,979

Business New Zealand (NZD) $40,250

Payment to the Australian Banking Association includes our

annual fee as well as expenditure related to communications

activity, contribution to the establishment of a not-for-profit Debt

Repayment Service, industry initiatives in response to the Royal

Commission’s work, and industry reform activity such as the new

Banking Code of Practice.

Public policy advocacy

We understand that some of our stakeholders are particularly

interested in positions we hold on issues such as data security,

privacy and climate change and our membership of industry

associations that undertake advocacy on these issues.

It is not the role of any association to represent solely ANZ’s,

nor any other single member’s view. It is also not possible for

industry associations to obtain a consensus on every issue. There

is sometimes disagreement amongst members about the final

positions taken by industry associations and even if we do not

agree with it, we will participate in discussions. From time to time,

we may take positions on certain matters not supported by the

relevant industry association. For example, ANZ was the first major

bank to support a ‘last resort’ compensation scheme for victims of

misconduct. Such a scheme is now public policy.

We place high importance on the ability to hold constructive

dialogue within an association’s membership and we expect industry

associations to be receptive to member feedback regarding their

lobbying or advocacy approaches.

1.

Figure includes forgone revenue of $109 million, being the cost of providing low or fee free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not for profit

organisations and students.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

30

Well received by investors, the bonds – a A$315 million social bond
for NHFIC and two wellbeing bonds for HNZ (NZ$500 million and

NZ$600 million) – set benchmarks as the first ever capital markets

issue for NHFIC and the first wellbeing bonds for HNZ.

A relatively new type of financing, social bonds are structured so

the proceeds fund a social purpose. In this case, owning a NHFIC

or HNZ bond is an indirect investment into Australia and New

Zealand’s social and affordable housing sector. The return is based

on the credit-worthiness of the borrower who is responsible for

directing the financing to social causes, with an obligation to

report accordingly.

Access to housing has a huge impact on people’s ability to thrive

socially and economically, as well as to feel secure and be part of

a local community.

According to ANZ CEO Shayne Elliott, “One of the areas in which

we can impact the community is in the area of housing. This is not

about charitable works, it’s about bringing the full force of ANZ,

one of the largest financial institutions in the country to bear; to

have an impact and to shape the world for good.”

Partnering with NHFIC and HNZ allowed ANZ to join forces and

draw on each organisation’s expertise in order to deliver better

outcomes for a range of stakeholders.

Left to right: Nathan Dal Bon – Chief Executive Officer, National Housing Finance and

Investment Corporation, Caryn Kakas – Head of Housing Strategy, Group Strategy,

ANZ and Tessa Dann – Associate Director, Sustainable Finance, ANZ.

This year ANZ arranged bonds for both Australia’s National Housing Finance and

Investment Corporation (NHFIC) and Housing New Zealand Corporation (HNZ),

aimed at increasing access and availability of social and affordable housing on

both sides of the Tasman.

CUSTOMER STORY

Improving access to social and affordable

housing for those most in need

A relatively new

type of financing,

social bonds are

structured so the

proceeds fund a

social purpose

31

Corporate Governance Framework

Digital Business

and Technology

Committee

Nomination and

Board Operations

Committee

Ethics, Environment,

Social and Governance

Committee

Human Resources

Committee

Audit

Committee

Risk

Committee

BOARD RESERVED POWERS AND DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY POLICY

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

SHAREHOLDERS

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

GROUP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Governance

Our sced OuupOn oimvog

32

ANZ’s strong governance framework provides a solid structure for
effective and responsible decision making within the organisation.

The Board is responsible for the oversight of ANZ and its sound and

prudent management, with specific duties as set out in its Charter

available at anz.com/corporategovernance

There are six principal Board Committees – the Audit Committee,

the Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance Committee, the

Risk Committee, the Human Resources Committee, the Digital

Business and Technology Committee and the Nomination and Board

Operations Committee.

Each Committee has its own Charter setting out its roles and

responsibilities. At management level, the Group Executive

Committee comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. There is a

delegations of authority framework that clearly outlines those

matters delegated to the CEO and other members of senior

management.


For further detail on ANZ’s governance framework see our 2019

Corporate Governance Statement available at

anz.com/corporategovernance

Below from left to right

1 RT Hon Sir John Key, GNZM AC Independent Non-Executive Director

2 John Macfarlane Independent Non-Executive Director

3 Paula Dwyer Independent Non-Executive Director

4 David Gonski, AC

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director

5 Graeme Liebelt Independent Non-Executive Director

6 Ilana Atlas Independent Non-Executive Director

7 Shayne Elliott Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

8 Jane Halton, AO PSM Independent Non-Executive Director

Full biography details can be found on our website at

anz.com/directors and on pages 38–42 of this report.

Board of Directors

33

Column A – Indicates the number of meetings the Director was eligible to attend.
Column B – Indicates the number of meetings attended. The Chairman is an ex-officio

member of the Risk, Audit, Human Resources, Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance,

Digital Business and Technology and Nomination and Board Operations Committees.

With respect to Committee meetings, the table above records attendance of Committee

members. Any Director is entitled to attend these meetings and from time to time Directors

attend meetings of Committees of which they are not a member.

1.

The meetings of the Special Committee of the Board, Shares Committee and Committee of

the Board as referred to in the table above include those conducted by written resolution.

2.

The Board meeting Shayne Elliott did not attend was due to his appearance at the Royal

Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry.

3.

Lee Hsien Yang retired as a Non-Executive Director on 19 December 2018.

Directors’ Meetings

The number of Board, and Board Committee, meetings held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out below:

Board

Risk

Committee

Audit

Committee

Human

Resources

Committee

Ethics,

Environment,

Social and

Governance

Committee

Digital

Business

and

Te chno lo g y

Committee

Nomination

and Board

Operations

Committee

Special

Committee

of the Board

1

Committee

of the Board

1

Shares

Committee

1

ABABABABABABABABABAB

Ilana Atlas

121288665522111111

Paula Dwyer1212888866221122

Shayne Elliott

2

1211332233

David Gonski, AC

1212888866555522332244

Jane Halton, AO PSM1212665555222211

Sir John Key, GNZM AC

12128855442222

Lee Hsien Yang

3

44332211

Graeme Liebelt1212888866222222

John Macfarlane1212888855221111

Governance (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

34

Executive Committee
Below from left to right

1 Maile Carnegie

Group Executive Digital and Australia Transformation

Joined the Executive Committee on 27 June 2016.

2 Farhan Faruqui

Group Executive International

Joined the Executive Committee on 1 February 2016.

3 Gerard Florian

Group Executive Technology

Joined the Executive Committee on 30 January 2017.

4 Alexis George

Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Group Executive Wealth Australia

Joined the Executive Committee on 1 December 2016.

5 Kathryn van der Merwe

Group Executive Talent and Culture

Joined the Executive Committee on 1 May 2017.

6 Kevin Corbally

Group Chief Risk Officer

Joined the Executive Committee on 19 March 2018.

7 Mark Whelan

Group Executive Institutional

Joined the Executive Committee* on 20 October 2014.

8 Antonia Watson

Acting Chief Executive Officer New Zealand

Joined the Executive Committee on 17 June 2019.

9 Shayne Elliott

Chief Executive Officer

(appointed CEO on 1 January 2016).

Joined the Executive Committee* on 1 June 2009.

10 Michelle Jablko

Chief Financial Officer

Joined the Executive Committee on 18 July 2016.

11 Mark Hand

Group Executive Australia Retail and Commercial Banking

Joined the Executive Committee on 15 May 2018.

Full biography details can be found on our website at

anz.com/exco

*previously known as Management Board

35

Board areas of focus in FY19
This year the Board and its Committees have undertaken key

strategic, governance and oversight activities, including:

•Approving the development of a new customer focused

section of the Board agenda, including in relation to:

–Customer satisfaction, complaints and remediation

–Regulatory changes impacting customers

–ANZ’s approach to marketing and specific marketing

initiatives

•Providing oversight of ANZ’s approach to customer

remediation and complaints

•Participating in a detailed review of ANZ’s customer service

lighthouse initiative, including meeting with participating

front line staff

•Reviewing ANZ’s approach to communicating customer

initiatives to the front line

•Conducting annual Board strategy session, focused on the

long-term success of the company and learning lessons from

past experience

•Regularly discussing ANZ’s strategic priorities, including the

refinement and implementation of them, with the Chief

Executive Officer

•Regularly discussing the progress of ANZ’s transformation

of its Australian business and ANZ’s approach to it

•As part of the Board’s visit to New Zealand, receiving detailed

reports covering the entire NZ business and its direction

•Continuing its focus on ANZ’s corporate culture, including

reviewing results and key themes of ANZ’s culture

assessments and ANZ’s staff engagement survey

•Providing oversight of the design and implementation of

ANZ’s redesign and simplification of remuneration and

reward and Accountability and Consequences Frameworks,

including reviewing and providing input into the Australian

Prudential Regulation Authority’s executive remuneration

proposals

•Discussing future disruptive technologies and potential

business impact on, and involvement by, ANZ

STRATEGY AND PURPOSE-LED TRANSFORMATION

CUSTOMER

Governance (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

36

In addition to the regular meetings of the Board held in Melbourne and Sydney, the Board also met in
Wagga Wagga, Perth and Auckland, and went to Hobart, with each trip including customer, staff and

other stakeholder functions, with a distinct focus on engagement matters.

•Reviewing and approving ANZ’s self-assessment of

governance, culture and accountability practices and

subsequent roadmap of remediation activities

•Providing oversight of ANZ’s response to the final report of

the Royal Commission

•Participating in deep dives into how ANZ approaches

compliance with numerous prudential standards

•Creating a new Nomination and Board Operations

Committee, consisting of all Non-Executive Directors, to

focus on the Board’s own composition and operations

•Embedding the increased remit of the Ethics, Environment,

Social and Governance Committee to focus on ESG matters

•Reviewing and implementing improvements to Board

Committee reporting practices on technology related

matters, including in relation to technology stability and

simplicity, cloud and data governance and information and

cyber security.

•Reviewing and endorsing ANZ’s operating and strategic plans

•Regularly discussing business momentum matters

•Regularly discussing merger and acquisitions matters,

including in relation to the progress of the transactions

regarding the sale of its Wealth business

•Providing oversight of capital management matters, including

in relation to proposals from the Reserve Bank of New Zealand,

the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority and current and

future capital management options for ANZ

•Reviewing ANZ’s governance processes for the preparation

of its financial statements

FINANCIAL

GOVERNANCE AND REGULATORY

37

Directors’ Qualifications, Experience
and Special Responsibilities

As at the date of this report, the Board comprises

seven Non-Executive Directors and one Executive

Director, the Chief Executive Officer. Lee Hsien Yang

was a Non-Executive Director from February 2009

until his retirement in December 2018. The names of

the current Directors, together with details of their

qualifications, experience and special responsibilities

are set out below.

Audit Committee

Ethics, Environment, Social and

Governance Committee

Risk Committee

Human Resources Committee

Digital Business and Technology Committee

Nomination and Board Operations Committee

POSITION

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BCom, LLB, FAICD(Life), FCPA

RESPONSIBILITIES

Chairman since 1 May 2014 and a Non-Executive Director

since February 2014. David is an ex officio member of all

Board Committees and Chair of the Ethics, Environment,

Social and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board

Operations Committee.

CAREER

David started his career as a lawyer at Herbert Smith Freehills,

and is now one of Australia’s most respected business leaders

and company directors. He has business experience in

Australia and internationally, and is involved in a broad range

of organisations in the government and education sectors. He

is a leading philanthropist and provides strong community

leadership, particularly in relation to education in Australia.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: The University of New South Wales Foundation

Limited (from 2005, Director from 1999).

•Director: Sydney Airport Limited (from 2018), Lowy Institute for

International Policy (from 2012) and Australian Philanthropic

Services Limited (from 2012).

•Member: Advisory Committee for Optus Limited (from 2013).

•Chancellor: University of New South Wales Council (from 2005).

•President: Art Gallery of NSW Trust (from 2016).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST

THREE YEARS INCLUDE

Former Chairman: Review to Achieve Education Excellence in

Australian Schools for the Commonwealth of Australia (2017–2018),

Coca-Cola Amatil Limited (2001–2017, Director from 1997) and

Sydney Theatre Company Ltd (2010–2016).

Former Member: ASIC External Advisory Panel (2013–2019)

Age 66 years | Residence Sydney, Australia

David Gonski, AC

CHAIR

MEMBER

Governance (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

38

POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BJuris (Hons), LLB (Hons), LLM

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since September 2014. Ilana is a

member of the Audit Committee, Ethics, Environment, Social

and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board

Operations Committee.

CAREER

Ilana brings a strong financial services background and legal

experience to the Board. Ilana was a partner at law firm Mallesons

Stephen Jaques (now King & Wood Mallesons), where in

addition to her practice in corporate law, she held a number of

management roles in the firm including Executive Partner, People

and Information, and Managing Partner. She also worked at

Westpac for 10 years, where her roles included Group Secretary

and General Counsel and Group Executive, People, where she

was responsible for human resources, corporate affairs and

sustainability. Ilana has a strong commitment to the community,

in particular the arts and education.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: Coca-Cola Amatil Limited (from 2017, Director

from 2011) and Jawun (from 2017, Director from 2014).

•Director: OneMarket Limited (from 2018) and Paul Ramsay

Foundation (from 2017).

•Member: Panel of Adara Partners (from 2015).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST

THREE YEARS INCLUDE

•Former Chairman: The Bell Shakespeare Company Limited

(2010–2016, Director 2004–2016).

•Former Director: Westfield Corporation Limited (2014–2018),

Human Rights Law Centre Ltd (2012–2017) and Treasury

Corporation of New South Wales (2013–2017).

•Former Fellow: Senate of the University of Sydney (2015–2019)

Age 65 years | Residence Sydney, Australia

POSITION

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BCom

RESPONSIBILITIES

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director since

1 January 2016.

CAREER

Shayne has over 30 years’ experience in banking in Australia

and overseas, in all aspects of the industry. Shayne joined ANZ as

CEO Institutional in June 2009, and was appointed Chief Financial

Officer in 2012.

Prior to joining ANZ, Shayne held senior executive roles at EFG

Hermes, the largest investment bank in the Middle East, which

included Chief Operating Officer. He started his career with

Citibank New Zealand and worked with Citibank/Citigroup for

20 years, holding various senior positions across the UK, USA,

Egypt, Australia and Hong Kong.

Shayne is a Director of the Financial Markets Foundation for

Children and a member of the Australian Banking Association

(which he also Chairs) and the Business Council of Australia.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: Australian Banking Association (from 2017,

Member from 2016).

•Director: ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (from 2009) and the

Financial Markets Foundation for Children (from 2016).

•Member: Business Council of Australia (from 2016).

Age 55 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia

Shayne Elliott

Ilana Atlas

CHAIR

MEMBER

39

Jane Halton, AO PSM
POSITION

Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BA (Hons) Psychology, FIML, FIPAA, NAM, Hon. FAAHMS,

Hon. FACHSE, Hon. DLitt (UNSW)

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since October 2016. Jane is a member

of the Human Resources Committee, Ethics, Environment,

Social and Governance Committee and Nomination and Board

Operations Committee.

CAREER

Jane’s 33 year career in the public service includes the positions

of Secretary of the Australian Department of Finance, Secretary

of the Australian Department of Health, Secretary for the

Department of Health and Ageing, and Executive Co-ordinator

(Deputy Secretary) of the Department of the Prime Minister and

Cabinet. She brings to the Board extensive experience in finance,

insurance, risk management, information technology, human

resources, health and ageing and public policy. She also has

significant international experience.

Jane has contributed extensively to community health through

local and international organisations including the World Health

Organisation and National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

Health Council.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: Vault Systems (from 2017), Coalition for Epidemic

Preparedness Innovations (Norway) (from 2018, Member from

2016) and Council on the Ageing Australia (from 2017).

•Director: Clayton Utz (from 2017) and Crown Resorts Limited

(from 2018).

•Member: Executive Board of the Institute of Health Metrics and

Evaluation at the University of Washington (from 2007).

•Adjunct Professor: University of Sydney and University of

Canberra.

•Council Member: Australian Strategic Policy Institute (from 2016).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST THREE

YEARS INCLUDE

•Former Chairman: OECD Asian Senior Budget Officials Network

(2014–2016).

•Former Public Policy Fellow: ANU Crawford School of Public

Policy (2012–2016).

Age 59 years | Residence Canberra, Australia

POSITION

Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BCom, FCA, SF Fin, FAICD

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since April 2012. Paula is a member

of the Risk Committee, Human Resources Committee and

Nomination and Board Operations Committee.

CAREER

Paula has extensive experience in financial markets, corporate

finance, risk management and investments, having held

senior executive roles at Calibre Asset Management, Ord

Minnett (now J P Morgan) and at Price Waterhouse (now

PricewaterhouseCoopers). Her career as a company director spans

financial services, investment, insurance, healthcare, gambling

and entertainment, fast moving consumer goods, property and

construction and retailing sectors. Paula has a strong interest in

education and medical research, having served as a member

of the Geelong Grammar School Council and the Business and

Economics Faculty at the University of Melbourne and as Deputy

Chairman of Baker IDI.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: Tabcorp Holdings Limited (from 2011, Director from

2005), Healthscope Limited (from 2014) and Kin Group Advisory

Board (from 2014).

•Director: Lion Pty Ltd (from 2012) and Allianz Australia Limited

(from 2019).

•Member: Kirin International Advisory Board (from 2012) and

Australian Government Takeovers Panel (from 2017).

Age 59 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia

Paula Dwyer

CHAIR

MEMBER

CHAIR

MEMBER

Governance (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

40

POSITION
Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BEc (Hons), FAICD, FTSE, FIML

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since July 2013. Graeme is a member

of the Audit Committee, Human Resources Committee and

Nomination and Board Operations Committee.

CAREER

Graeme brings to the Board his experience of a 23 year

executive career with Orica Limited (including a period as

Chief Executive Officer), a global mining services company

with operations in more than 50 countries. He has extensive

international experience and a strong record of achievement

as a senior executive, including in strategy development and

implementation.

Graeme is committed to global trade and cooperation, as well

as community education.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: Amcor Limited (from 2013, Director from 2012)

•Director: Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

(from 2012) and Carey Baptist Grammar School (from 2012).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST

THREE YEARS INCLUDE

•Former Chairman: DuluxGroup Limited (2018–2019,

Director from 2016).

Age 65 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia

Rt Hon Sir John Key,

GNZM AC

Graeme Liebelt

POSITION

Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BCom, DCom (Honoris Causa)

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since February 2018. Sir John is a

member of the Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance

Committee, Risk Committee, Digital Business and Technology

Committee and Nomination and Board Operations Committee.

CAREER

Sir John was Prime Minister of New Zealand from 2008 to 2016,

having commenced his political career in 2002. Sir John had a

long career in international finance, primarily for Bankers Trust in

New Zealand and Merrill Lynch in Singapore, London and Sydney.

He was previously a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee

of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (from 1999 to 2001).

Sir John was made a Knight Grand Companion of the New

Zealand Order of Merit in the 2017 Queen’s Birthday Honours. In

2017 Sir John became a Companion of the Order of Australia for

advancing the Australia-New Zealand bilateral relationship.

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

•Chairman: ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (from 2018, Director

from 2017).

•Director: Air New Zealand Limited (from 2017) and Palo Alto

Networks (from 2019).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST

THREE YEARS INCLUDE

•Former Chairman: The International Democratic Union

(2014–2018).

Age 58 years | Residence Auckland, New Zealand.

CHAIR

MEMBER

MEMBER

41

Company Secretaries’
Qualifications and Experience

POSITION

Independent Non-Executive Director

QUALIFICATIONS

BCom, MCom (Hons)

RESPONSIBILITIES

Non-Executive Director since May 2014. John is a member of

the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Digital Business and

Technology Committee and Nomination and Board Operations

Committee.

CAREER

John is one of Australia’s most experienced international bankers

having previously served as Executive Chairman of Deutsche

Bank Australia and New Zealand, and CEO of Deutsche Bank

Australia. John has also worked in the USA, Japan and PNG, and

brings to the Board a depth of banking experience in ANZ’s

key markets in Australia, New Zealand and the Asia Pacific. He

is committed to community health, and is a Director of the

Aikenhead Centre of Medical Discovery Limited (from 2016).

RELEVANT OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS

Director: Craigs Investment Partners Limited (from 2013), Colmac

Group Pty Ltd (from 2014), AGInvest Holdings Limited (MyFarm

Limited) (from 2014, Chairman 2014–2016), Balmoral Pastoral

Investments (from 2017) and L1 Long Short Fund (from 2018).

RELEVANT FORMER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD IN LAST

THREE YEARS INCLUDE

Former Director: St Vincent’s Institute of Medical Research

(2008–2019)

Age 59 years | Residence Melbourne, Australia

John Macfarlane

MEMBER

Ken Adams

POSITION

Group General Counsel

QUALIFICATIONS

BA, LLB, LLM

Ken joined ANZ as Group General Counsel in August 2019, having

assisted it with major legal issues for over 10 years. Prior to ANZ,

Ken was a Partner of Freehills and later Herbert Smith Freehills

for 21 years, and for 6 years was a member of the Herbert Smith

Freehills Global Board. Ken is one of Australia’s leading commercial

lawyers with significant experience in class actions, and complex

problems requiring strategic and multi-disciplinary analysis. He

holds a Master of Laws from the University of Melbourne and is a

co-author of Class Actions in Australia.

Simon Pordage

POSITION

Company Secretary

QUALIFICATIONS

LLB (Hons), FGIA, FCIS

Simon joined ANZ in May 2016. He is a Chartered Secretary and

has extensive company secretarial and corporate governance

experience. From 2009 to 2016 he was Company Secretary

for Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited and a

number of other listed investment companies. Other former roles

include being Deputy Company Secretary for ANZ and Head of

Board Support for Barclays PLC in the United Kingdom. Simon

is committed to the promotion of good corporate governance.

He is a former National President and Chairman of Governance

Institute of Australia, and is a member and former Chairman of

its National Legislation Review Committee, and regularly presents

on governance issues.

Currently there are two people appointed as

Company Secretaries of the Company. Details

of their roles are contained in the Corporate

Governance Statement.

Their qualifications and experience are as follows:

Governance (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

42

How We Creat Value Icons
Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Willie Smith’s Organic Apples and Cider is a family-run business in Huonville,

Tasmania. The family started apple farming in 1888 and the business has since

evolved into a premium supplier of organic apples, cider and spirits.

CUSTOMER STORY

Growing business sustainably

We have had

a banking

relationship with

Willie Smith’s for

more than

100 years

Over the years they have faced many challenges, including

bushfires and the collapse of Tasmania’s apple export industry

in 1973 (the result of Britain joining the European Common

Market). In response, Ian Smith, a third-generation orchardist, built

controlled-atmosphere cool stores and began exporting to Asia in

the 1980s.

More recently his son Andrew has converted the orchard into an

organic farm, in the belief that growing food without the need

for chemical fertilisers and pesticides is better for their land, their

customers and the Tasmanian environment.

Willie Smith’s has had a banking relationship with ANZ for more

than 100 years. In June this year members of our Board and

Executive visited the cider production facilities and packing shed,

meeting with the workers and learning about what matters to

them and their local community.

“I have worked hard to evolve Willie Smiths into a vertically

integrated agribusiness in the last twenty years. The key

ingredients have been innovation, hard work and good

relationships. I feel confident and comfortable in our working

relationship with ANZ,” said Andrew.

Supporting the agricultural sector is an important part of ANZ’s

history, and banking customers like Willie Smith’s aligns with our

focus on helping our customers grow their business sustainably.

Image: Andrew Smith

43

Risk management
Sound risk management plays a critical role in positioning us to

prepare for, and respond to, opportunities and challenges in our

operating environment.

Our progress

This year we have continued to strengthen our risk management

capabilities, focusing on:

Culture and conduct

•We have initiated a programme of work to build out how we will

measure, monitor and manage conduct risk to allow us to better

understand and respond to the drivers of poor conduct. This

has included introducing new accountability and consequence

principles for employees found accountable for material

failure and non-compliance as well as recognising positive risk

behaviours in our annual performance and remuneration reviews.

•We have raised employee awareness about our whistleblower

processes and made it easier for them to ‘speak up’– including

through initiatives such as the inaugural Whistleblower Awareness

Week this year.

Simplification

•Investment has been made in our risk systems, including

enhancing our data analytics to improve our ability to identify

issues, and more swiftly understand the root causes.

•Standardisation and simplification of our wholesale risk practices

and policies has helped significantly improve time responsiveness

thereby delivering a better banker and customer experience.

Non-financial risk

•We have redesigned our non-financial risk framework in response

to feedback that it was too complex. Significant work has been

undertaken to simplify our language around operational risk,

consolidate our framework documentation, and clarify the

requirements and roles and responsibilities of our staff.

•We have established a Royal Commission and Self-Assessment

Oversight Group to provide oversight of the integrated approach

and plans to address the Self-Assessment focus areas and Royal

Commission ‘lessons’. This includes, for example, commissioning

and reviewing reports on progress in addressing the Self-

Assessment focus areas, our 16 Royal Commission commitments

and actions by government to respond to the Royal Commission.

The successful delivery of the bank’s strategy is dependent on sound risk

management. All of the bank’s activities involve – to varying degrees – the analysis,

evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or a combination of risks.

Our Risk Management Framework

The Board is responsible for establishing and overseeing the Group’s

risk management framework. The Board has delegated authority

to the Board Risk Committee (BRC) to develop and monitor

compliance with the Group’s risk management policies.

The Committee reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

The key pillars of the Group’s risk management framework include:

•the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS), which sets out the Board’s

expectations regarding the degree of risk that the Group is

prepared to accept in pursuing its strategic objectives and its

operating plan; and

•the Risk Management Statement (RMS), which describes the

Group’s strategy for managing risks and a summary of the key

elements of the Risk Management Framework (RMF) that give

effect to that strategy. The RMS includes: a description of each

material risk; and an overview of how the RMF addresses each risk,

with reference to the relevant policies, standards and procedures.

It also includes information on how the Group identifies,

measures, evaluates, monitors, reports and then either controls or

mitigates material risks.

The Group operates a Three Lines-of-Defence Model in regard to risk

management that helps embed a culture where risk is everyone’s

responsibility. The business – as the first line of defence – has day to

day ownership of risks and controls and is accountable for identifying

and managing its own risks. The Risk Function is the second line

of defence, providing a strong and independent oversight of the

work undertaken to manage the risk, as well as developing and

maintaining the Risk Management Framework.

The final line of defence is Internal Audit and includes independent

assurance that evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of both first

and second line risk management approaches.

Links to 2019 Group

Performance Framework

We continue to operate in a dynamic and challenging

external and regulatory environment placing significant

demands on the Risk and Compliance function. There were

no material breaches of our Group Risk Appetite Statement,

and the number of adverse audits fell by a third with

management demonstrating accountability for fixing issues

in a timely and sustainable manner. While there were many

positives from a risk perspective there were some non-

financial risk shortcomings from a regulatory, customer and

community perspective.


Refer to our Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 98 for

further detail.

“ Strong risk management is a necessity

if we are to anticipate and navigate

ANZ through a changing environment.”

Kevin Corbally – Group Chief Risk Officer

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

44

Fighting financial crime
Financial crime threats continue to evolve,

as do the regulatory measures required to

address them. In response we have:

•invested heavily in capturing and

understanding financial crime data and infrastructure,

upgrading sanctions and fraud platforms;

•implemented a network data analysis tool, improving our

ability to collaborate with external parties to fight financial

crime; and

•focused on the growth and development of employees,

developing a gap analysis tool to inform our thinking on

the current and future capabilities required of our people

to combat financial crime.

The governance and oversight of risk, whilst embedded in day

to day activities, is also the focus of committees and regular

forums across the bank (see diagram below). The committees

and forums discuss and monitor known and emerging risks,

reviewing management plans and monitoring progress to

address known issues.

The risk landscape is continually evolving and we are therefore

constantly reviewing issues to consider their materiality to

the bank’s operations. Two risks we are currently seeking to

understand further are:

Cyber security risk: while not new, the increasing reliance we

have on information security systems to hold our data and our

customers’ data requires us to continually invest in and test the

adequacy of our safeguards against evolving cyber attacks and

new technology. See page 20 for further detail,

Climate change risk: the financial risks associated with climate

change are subject to increasing prudential and regulatory oversight

and are therefore an area of focus for us. See pages 48 to 49 for

further detail on our approach to climate-related financial risks.


KEY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES

Group

Regional or Country

Risk Management

Committees

Country Assets

and Liabilities

Committees

Credit and Market

Risk Committee

Group Asset and

Liability Committee

Operational Risk

Executive

Committee

Ethics and

Responsible

Business Committee

Investment

Committee

Royal Commission

and Self-Assessment

Oversight Group

Credit Ratings

System Oversight

Committee

Capital and Stress

Testing Oversight

Committee

Modelling Ratings

Working Groups

and Usage Forums

Divisional Initiatives

Review Committees

/Project Advisory

Councils

Divisional Risk

Management

Committees

Various Divisional Specific

Management Committees

Operational

Risk

Committee

Product

Committee

Division

Country

Consequence

Review Group

Divisional

Consequence

Review Groups

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

ANZ’s most senior executives meet regularly to discuss performance and review shared initiatives

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

45

Key material risks
The material risks facing the group (as per the Group’s Risk Management

Statement) and how these risks are managed, are summarised below:

Risk TypeDescriptionManaging the riskMaterial

ESG issues

1

Capital

Adequacy

Risk

The risk of loss arising from the Group failing

to maintain the level of capital required by

prudential regulators and other key stakeholders

(shareholders, debt investors, depositors, rating

agencies, etc.) to support ANZ’s consolidated

operations and risk appetite.

We pursue an active approach to Capital Management

through ongoing review, and Board approval, of the

level and composition of our capital base against key

policy objectives.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Compliance

Risk

The risk of failure to act in accordance with

laws, regulations, industry standards and

codes, internal policies and procedures and

principles of good governance as applicable

to the Group’s businesses.

Key features of how we manage Compliance Risk as

part of our Operational Risk framework include:

•centralised management of key obligations, and

emphasis on identifying changes in regulations and the

business environment, so as to enable us to proactively

assess emerging compliance risks and implement robust

reporting and certification processes.

•recognition of incident management as a separate

element to enhance ANZ’s ability to identify, manage

and report on incidents/breaches in a timely manner.

•the Whistleblower Protection Policy, allowing

employees and contractors to make confidential,

anonymous submissions regarding concerns relating

to accounting, internal control, compliance, audit and

other matters.

Credit Risk

The risk of financial loss resulting from:

•a counterparty failing to fulfil its obligations;

or

•a decrease in credit quality of a counterparty

resulting in a financial loss.

Credit Risk incorporates the risks associated

with us lending to customers who could be

impacted by climate change or by changes

to laws, regulations, or other policies adopted

by governments or regulatory authorities,

including carbon pricing and climate change

adaptation or mitigation policies.

Our Credit Risk framework is top down, being defined

by credit principles and policies. Credit policies,

requirements and procedures cover all aspects of the

credit life cycle — for example: transaction structuring,

risk grading, initial approval, ongoing management and

problem debt management, as well as specialist policy

topics.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics


How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Liquidity and

Funding Risk

The risk that the Group is unable to meet

its payment obligations as they fall due,

including:

•repaying depositors or maturing wholesale

debt; or

•the Group having insufficient capacity to

fund increases in assets.

Key principles in managing our Liquidity and Funding

Risk include:

•maintaining our ability to meet liquidity ‘survival

horizons’ under a range of stress scenarios to meet cash

flow obligations over a short to medium-term horizon;

•maintaining a strong structural funding profile; and

•maintaining a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets

to act as a source of liquidity in times of stress.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Market Risk

The risk to the Group’s earnings arising from:

•changes in any interest rates, foreign

exchange rates, credit spreads, volatility and

correlations; or

•from fluctuations in bond, commodity or

equity prices.

Our risk management and control framework for Market

Risk involves us quantifying the magnitude of market risk

within the trading and balance sheet portfolios through

independent risk measurement. This identifies the range

of possible outcomes, the likely timeframe, and the

likelihood of the outcome occurring. Then we allocate an

appropriate amount of capital to support these activities.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Risk management (continued)

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

46

1.
See page 3 for information on our material ESG issues

Risk TypeDescriptionManaging the riskMaterial

ESG issues

1

Operational

Risk

The risk of loss and/or non-compliance with

laws resulting from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people and/or systems, or

from external events. This definition includes

legal risk, and the risk of reputation loss, or

damage arising from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people and systems, but

excludes strategic risk.

We operate a Three-Lines-of-Defence Model to manage

Operational Risk, with each Line of Defence having

defined roles, responsibilities and escalation paths

to support effective communication and effective

management of our operational risk. We also have

ongoing review mechanisms to ensure our Operational

Risk framework continues to meet organisational needs

and regulatory requirements.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics


How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Reputation

Risk

The risk of loss that directly or indirectly

impacts earnings, capital adequacy or value,

that is caused by:

•adverse perceptions of the Group held

by any of customers, the community,

shareholders, investors, regulators, or rating

agencies;

•conduct risk associated with the Group’s

employees or contractors (or both); or

•the social and/or environmental impacts of

our lending decisions.

We manage Reputation Risk by maintaining a positive

and dynamic culture that:

•ensures we act with integrity; and

•enables us to build strong and trusted relationships

with customers and clients, with colleagues, and with

the broader society.

We have well established decision-making frameworks

and policies to ensure our business decisions are guided

by sound social and environmental standards that take

into account Reputation Risk.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Strategic

Risk

The risk that the Group’s business strategy and

strategic objectives may lead to an increase in

other key Material Risks — for example: Credit

Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk.

We consider and manage strategic risks through our

annual strategic planning process, managed by the

Executive Committee and approved by the Board.

Any increase to our Key Material Risks is managed in

accordance with the risk management specified above.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Technology

Risk

The risk of loss and/or non-compliance with

laws resulting from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people and systems or

from external events impacting on IT assets,

including the compromise of an IT asset’s

confidentiality, integrity or availability.

Consistent with the management of Operational Risk,

we operate a Three-Lines-of-Defence model to manage

Technology Risk, with each Line of Defence having

defined roles, responsibilities and escalation paths

to support effective communication and effective

management of our technology risk. We also have

ongoing review mechanisms to ensure our Operational

Risk framework, which is also used to manage

Technology Risk, continues to meet organisational needs

and regulatory requirements.

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

For further information about the principal risks

and uncertainties that the Group faces, see our

‘Principal risks and Uncertainties’ disclosure

available at anz.com/shareholder/centre

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Fraud and data security

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Customer experience

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Fairness and ethical conduct

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Corporate governance

How We Creat Value Icons

Stakeholder icons

Most material issues iconsCustomer story icon

New icons/infographics

Digital innovation

47

Our approach to climate change
We seek to provide investors and other

stakeholders with information enabling

them to assess the adequacy of our

approach to climate change and our

ability to manage the associated risks

and opportunities.

This is the third year we have reported using the recommendations

of the Financial Stability Board Taskforce on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD). For detailed information see ‘ANZ 2019 climate-

related financial disclosures’ on anz.com/annualreport.

Engaging with our customers on their transition plans

Throughout 2019 we have analysed the carbon disclosures of over 80 of our largest emitting customers and

engaged with 29 of these to support them to establish, and where appropriate, strengthen existing low carbon

transition plans.

This engagement will inform the development of a model applicable to our broader customer base enabling us to encourage customers

to improve the management and disclosure of their climate-related risks and opportunities.

Within each industry our customers have different starting points. Both through customer discussions and reviews of public disclosures

we are developing a better understanding of our customers’ preparation for, and management of, their most likely climate-related risks

and opportunities. Insights we have gained from these customer conversations include:

In 2019 we have focused on:

Training our people on climate-related

risks and opportunities

Engaging with our largest-emitting

customers on their transition plans

Feeding the results of our customer

engagement into our assessments of individual

customers and carbon-intensive portfolios,

in particular the energy, transport, buildings and

food, beverage and agricultural sectors

Energy: our engagement in this sector is initially focused on

customers with thermal coal operations. Some customers see

continuing strong demand for high-quality, low-cost Australian

thermal coal that will be used in recently built or planned

high efficiency, lower emissions (HELE) plants across Asia; their

strategy is focused on developing high quality thermal coal

assets and they are committed to improving their external

disclosures. Other customers have undertaken scenario analysis

(aligned with TCFD recommendations), revealing that some of

their commodities perform worst under a low-carbon transition;

in response they are directing limited expenditure to thermal

coal and most of this is in maintenance capital rather than

expansion. Some companies are also starting to work with

their suppliers and customers to seek to reduce the emissions

associated with the use of their mining commodities, ie ‘Scope 3’

emissions.

Transport: a significant customer has ambitious plans to expand

their electric vehicle fleet in Australia and is building a new

distribution centre that will integrate rooftop solar and electric

vehicle charging bays. They also plan to enter a renewable energy

power purchase agreement (PPA) to lower their carbon footprint

and shield themselves from price volatility.

Buildings: a number of customers have established net-zero

carbon targets that will be achieved largely through improved

energy efficiency and onsite solar installations, setting time bound

goals to achieve this by 2030.

Food, beverage and agriculture: for many of our agribusiness

and food producers, the physical risks of climate change (e.g.,

water availability and supply) represent the most material and

immediate risk to their business, rather than transition risks.

We have observed these customers are increasingly focused

on managing climate-related risks by committing to reduce or

remove deforestation from their operations and supply chains.

EnergyTransportBuildingsFood, beverage

and agriculture

Risk management (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

48

Our progress on the TCFD
TCFD themeOur progress to dateFocus areas – 2020/21Beyond 2020 vision

Governance

•Board Risk Committee oversees management of

climate-related risks

•Board Ethics, Environment, Social and Governance

Committee approves climate-related objectives, goals

and targets

•Ethics and Responsible Business Committee (executive

management) oversees our approach to sustainability

and reviews climate-related risks

•Align with regulatory

guidance on climate-related

risk governance, including

stress testing of selected

portfolios

•An enhanced risk

management framework

that is responsive

to climate change,

and meets financial

regulators’ requirements

Strategy

•ANZ’s Climate Change Statement (available on anz.com)

reaffirms support for the Paris Agreement goals and

transition to a net-zero carbon economy

•Managing the net-zero carbon transition focuses on an

orderly and just transition that gives careful consideration

to the impacts on communities

•Participation in a United Nations Environment Program

Finance Industry (UNEP FI) working group on TCFD scenario

analysis that issued recommendations and methods to

assess portfolio transition and physical risks

•Low carbon products and services within our Institutional

business focused on climate-related opportunities

•Analysis of flood-related risks for our home loan portfolio in

a major regional location of Australia

•Test-pilot of socio-economic indicators showing financial

resilience of home loan customers with respect to flood risk

•Consider extending scenario

analysis to incorporate

bushfire, flood and other risks

relating to retail customers

•Possible extension of

emerging environmental and

climate-related risks to other

segments of the home loan

portfolio

•Include climate risk reference

in agriculture related lending

guidance documents used

by our front line bankers

•ANZ business strategy

more closely aligned to a

resilient and sustainable

economy that supports

the Paris Agreement

goals and Sustainable

Development Goals

Risk

management

•Climate change risk added to Group and Institutional Risk

Appetite Statements

•Climate change identified as a Principal Risk and Uncertainty in

our UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR) Submission

•Guidelines and training provided to over 1,000 of our

Institutional bankers on customers’ transition plan discussions

•Enhanced financial analysis and stronger credit approval

terms applied to agricultural property purchases in regions

of low average rainfall or measured variability

•New agribusiness customers assessed for financial resilience

and understanding of rainfall and climate trends in their

area, and water budgets considered if irrigating

•Encouraging customers to

develop and disclose their

transition plans in key sectors

energy, transport, buildings

and food, beverage and

agriculture

•Customer engagement

to identify customer or

sector-specific transition

or physical risks

•Integrate assessment

of climate-related risks

into our Group risk

management framework

•Standard discussions

with business customers

include climate-related

risks and opportunities

•Assessment of customer

transition plans part

of standard lending

decisions and portfolio

analysis

Metrics and

targets

•Support 100 of our largest emitting customers

1

to establish

or strengthen low carbon transition plans by 2021, with

metrics developed to track progress

•Exceeded our 5-year $15 billion target to fund and facilitate

low carbon and environmentally sustainable solutions

•Power Purchase Agreement to increase renewable energy

use in our Australian operations

•Ongoing emissions reduction targets for ANZ energy use

aligned with the Paris Agreement goals

•Complete transition plan

engagement with high

emitting customers and

consider how to integrate

into customer assessments

•New 6-year $50 billion

target to fund and facilitate

sustainable solutions

•New metrics for measuring

impact of our progress on

environmental sustainability

•New target to procure 100%

renewable electricity for

ANZ’s operations by 2025

•Monitor industry

standards for lending

aligned with the Paris

Agreement goals

•Reduce ANZ’s

operational emissions

in line with the

decarbonisation

trajectory of the Paris

Agreement goals

1.

In the energy, transport, buildings and food, beverage and agricultural sectors.

49

CUSTOMER STORY
Sustainable finance market

continues to grow

$

These loans are differentiated by how the proceeds are used. Green loans

require borrowers to invest in ‘green’ assets such as green buildings, renewable

energy or low carbon transport projects. Sustainability-linked loans can be

used for general corporate purposes with pricing designed to incentivise

improved sustainability performance – for example, reducing emissions and

improving employee wellbeing.

In the past year, ANZ has arranged and funded the first ever sustainability

linked loan in Australia for Adelaide Airport, and the first Climate Bonds

Initiative certified green loan in Australia for Investa Commercial Property Fund.

We also acted as joint sustainability co-ordinator and bookrunner on a $1.4

billion sustainability-linked loan for Sydney Airport – the first syndicated facility

of its kind in Australia as well as the largest in Asia Pacific and the airport sector

to date. Pricing of the loan is attached to Sydney Airport’s ESG performance,

as measured by an independent third party. Sustainability initiatives include

investment in electric vehicles, an ambition to achieve carbon neutrality by

2025 and cutting carbon emissions per passenger by 50 percent from 2010

levels by 2025.

In a first for the New Zealand market, we also led the successful completion of

a NZ$50 million sustainability-linked loan for dairy company Synlait Milk Ltd.

“Linking our financial arrangements to our ESG performance made perfect

sense”, said Nigel Greenwood, Synlait Chief Financial Officer. “It reinforces to

our shareholders and stakeholders that we are committed to continuously

improving our performance and disclosure, and aligns with our company

purpose.”

ANZ expects companies will become more receptive to these types of

sustainable finance products as climate change and sustainable development

move into the fore of their corporate strategies and risk assessment.

Images supplied by Synlait Milk Ltd

Following the growth of green bonds in the past three to

four years, the Australian and New Zealand sustainable

finance market continues to accelerate with the emergence

of loans in both green and sustainability-linked formats.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

50

In a first for New Zealand, we led
the completion of a NZ$50 million

sustainability linked loan for dairy

company, Synlait Milk Ltd

51

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

52 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

GROUP PERFORMANCE


The results of the Group’s operations and financial position are set out on pages 52-64. Page 9 outlines the Group’s strategy and pages

10-23 describes in further detail the Group’s prospects in terms of future financial position and performance. Discussion of our approach

and progress to risk management, including a summary of our key material risks is outlined on pages 44-49.

Statutory profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2019 decreased 7% on the prior year to $5,953 million. Statutory return on

equity is 10% and statutory earnings per share is 210.0 cents, a decrease of 5% on prior year.

GROUP PROFIT RESULTS

2019 2018

Statutory Cash Statutory Cash

Income Statement $m $m $m $m

Net Interest Income

14,339 14,339

14,514 14,514

Other operating income

4,446 4,690

5,470 4,853

Operating income

18,785 19,029

19,984 19,367

Operating expenses

(9,071) (9,071)

(9,401) (9,401)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

9,714 9,958

10,583 9,966

Credit impairment charge

(794) (795)

(688) (688)

Profit before income tax

8,920 9,163

9,895 9,278

Income tax expense

(2,609) (2,678)

(2,784) (2,775)

Non-controlling interests

(15) (15)

(16) (16)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,296 6,470

7,095 6,487

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343) (309)

(695) (682)

Profit for the year 5,953 6,161

6,400 5,805

The Group uses cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, to assess the performance of its business activities. It is an industry-wide measure which

enables comparison with our peer group. We calculate cash profit by adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. In general, it represents the

financial performance of our core business activities. We use cash profit internally to set targets and incentivise our Senior Executives and

leaders through our remuneration plans.

Refer to page 53 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.

Cash profit is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Our external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that adjustments between

statutory and cash profit have been determined on a consistent basis across each of the periods presented.

As a result of the sale of our OnePath pensions and investment (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups (ADG) businesses to IOOF Holdings

Limited and our life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia, the financial results of these businesses and associated Group

reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective (refer to page 61).

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

We believe cash profit from continuing operations is particularly important as we continue to strategically reposition ourselves to create a

simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile bank.



1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

Performance

Overview

2019

2018

2019

2018

19,0299,071

19,3679,401

Total Operating

Income – cash

1

($m)

2019

2018

6,470

6,487

Cash profit

1

($m)Operating Expenses –

cash

1

($m)

2019

2018

227.6

223.4

Earnings per Share –

cash

1

(cents)

2019

2018

11.4%

11.4%

Common Equity

Tier 1 (%)

2019

2018

2019

2018

795

688

Credit Impairment

Charge – cash

1

($m)

Return on

Equity– cash

1

(%)

2019

2018

160

160

Dividend per

share (cents)

11.0%

10.9%

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)


52 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

GROUP PERFORMANCE


The results of the Group’s operations and financial position are set out on pages 52-64. Page 9 outlines the Group’s strategy and pages

10-23 describes in further detail the Group’s prospects in terms of future financial position and performance. Discussion of our approach

and progress to risk management, including a summary of our key material risks is outlined on pages 44-49.

Statutory profit after tax for the year ended 30 September 2019 decreased 7% on the prior year to $5,953 million. Statutory return on

equity is 10% and statutory earnings per share is 210.0 cents, a decrease of 5% on prior year.

GROUP PROFIT RESULTS

2019 2018

Statutory Cash Statutory Cash

Income Statement $m $m $m $m

Net Interest Income

14,339 14,339

14,514 14,514

Other operating income

4,446 4,690

5,470 4,853

Operating income

18,785 19,029

19,984 19,367

Operating expenses

(9,071) (9,071)

(9,401) (9,401)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

9,714 9,958

10,583 9,966

Credit impairment charge

(794) (795)

(688) (688)

Profit before income tax

8,920 9,163

9,895 9,278

Income tax expense

(2,609) (2,678)

(2,784) (2,775)

Non-controlling interests

(15) (15)

(16) (16)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,296 6,470

7,095 6,487

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343) (309)

(695) (682)

Profit for the year 5,953 6,161

6,400 5,805

The Group uses cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, to assess the performance of its business activities. It is an industry-wide measure which

enables comparison with our peer group. We calculate cash profit by adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. In general, it represents the

financial performance of our core business activities. We use cash profit internally to set targets and incentivise our Senior Executives and

leaders through our remuneration plans.

Refer to page 53 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.

Cash profit is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Our external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that adjustments between

statutory and cash profit have been determined on a consistent basis across each of the periods presented.

As a result of the sale of our OnePath pensions and investment (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups (ADG) businesses to IOOF Holdings

Limited and our life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia, the financial results of these businesses and associated Group

reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective (refer to page 61).

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

We believe cash profit from continuing operations is particularly important as we continue to strategically reposition ourselves to create a

simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile bank.



1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

52

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 53

ADJUSTMENTS BETWEEN STATUTORY AND CASH PROFIT

1


Description of adjustments between continuing operations statutory profit and cash profit:


Adjustment Reason for the adjustment

Revaluation of policy

liabilities – OnePath

Life (NZ)


2019: $77 million

2018: ($14) million

When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect

the present value of the obligation, with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being

reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-measurement of insurance contracts

attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility

attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of insurance contracts. With the

sale completion of the OnePath Life (NZ) Ltd business, the 2019 financial year includes the reversal of life-to-date

cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold increasing cash profit by $81 million.

Economic and

revenue and expense

hedges


2019: $99 million

2018: ($257) million


The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange ris

k which, in

accordance with accounting standards, result in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income

Statement. ANZ removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss resulting from the

hedge transactions will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as

part of cash profit. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of derivatives not designated in

accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of foreign

currency debt issuances and foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD and

USD (and USD correlated), as well as ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedges.

Structured credit

intermediation

trades


2019: ($2) million

2018: ($4) million


ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight

US financial guarantors. This involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures

and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures. ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with six US

financial guarantors. The remaining two portfolios with a $0.3 billion notional value are being monitored with a

view to reducing the exposures when ANZ deems it cost effective relative to the perceived risk associated with a

specific trade or counterparty.

Sale of SRCB


2019: nil

2018: ($333) million


On 3 January 2017, The Group announced that it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial

Bank (SRCB). The impact of SRCB has been treated as an adjustment between statutory profit to cash profit. The

rationale being the loss on reclassification to held for sale was expected to be largely offset by the release of

reserve gains on sale completion within the 2017 year. The transaction was subsequently completed in the 2018

full year, and the entire impact of the transaction was recognised in cash profit.

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

6,296

2019 Statutory

profit –

continuing

operations

6,470

2019 Cash

profit –

continuing

operations

Economic and

revenue

and expense

hedges

99

Revaluation

of policy

liabilities

77

Structured

credit

intermediation

trades

(2)

ADJUSTMENTS BETWEEN STATUTORY AND CASH PROFIT

1

53

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

54 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE

1



GROUP PERFORMANCE – CASH PROFIT

2019 2018


$m $m Movt

Net Interest Income

14,339

14,514 -1%

Other operating income

4,690

4,853 -3%

Operating income

19,029

19,367 -2%

Operating expenses

(9,071)

(9,401) -4%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

9,958

9,966 0%

Credit impairment charge

(795)

(688) 16%

Profit before income tax

9,163

9,278 -1%

Income tax expense

(2,678)

(2,775) -3%

Non-controlling interests

(15)

(16) -6%

Profit after tax from continuing operations 6,470

6,487 0%

Cash profit from continuing operations decreased $17 million (0%) compared with the 2018 financial year.

 Net interest income decreased $175 million (-1%) largely due to lower interest rates and competitive pressures resulting in a 11 basis point

decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 5% growth in average interest earning assets. The lower net interest margin reflects

growth in lower margin Markets Balance Sheet activities, higher proportionate growth in the lower Institutional business, customer

switching to principal and interest in Australia home loans, deposit margin compression and lower earnings on capital, partially offset by the

impact of home loans repricing. The increase in average interest earning assets reflects growth in Institutional banking portfolios and home

loan growth in the New Zealand division.

 Other operating income decreased $163 million (-3%) largely as the result of net divestment impacts of $198 million, a $120 million

decrease in net fee and commission income, and $130 million decrease primarily in other income attributable to realised losses on

economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams (which offset favourable foreign currency translations elsewhere

in the Group) and a reduction in income from the lenders mortgage insurance business. This was partially offset by higher Markets other

operating income of $154 million, a $79 million increase in share of associate’s profit and a $52 million decrease in customer remediation

within other operating income.

 Operating expenses decreased $330 million (-4%) primarily due to an accelerated software amortisation charge in the prior period of $251

million, lower restructuring expenses of $150 million, a reduction in expenses following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and Asia Retail and

Wealth businesses of $60 million, lower Royal Commission legal costs of $40 million and lower FTE. This was partially offset by higher

customer remediation of $182 million within operating expenses, inflation, the impact of foreign currency translation and regulatory

compliance spend in New Zealand.

 Credit impairment charges increased $107 million (+16%) largely due to higher collectively assessed credit impairment charges, primarily as

a result of the prior period benefitting from the release of temporary economic overlays and a greater number of customer upgrades.

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

 

CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE

1

6,487

6,470

2018 Cash

Profit -

continuing

operations

2019 Cash

Profit -

continuing

operations

Net

interest

income

Other

operating

income

Operating

expenses

Credit

impairment

charge

Income tax

expense

& non-

controlling

interests

(175)

(163)

330

(107)

98

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

54

Performance Overview (continued)

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 55

LARGE/NOTABLE ITEMS INCLUDED IN CASH PROFIT

1

Within continuing cash profit, the Group recognised a number of large/notable items. The impact of these items on a post-tax basis is

as follows:

2019 2018

Gain/(Loss) on sale of divestments $m $m

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

-

85

Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)

-

(86)

UDC Finance (UDC)

-

11

Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC)

-

247

OnePath Life NZ Ltd (OPL NZ)

157

(3)

ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)

10

(42)

PNG Retail, Commercial and SME

1

(21)

Paymark

37

-

Divested business results

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

-

24

MCC

-

10

OnePath Life NZ Ltd (OPL NZ)

10

66

ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)

11

14

PNG Retail, Commercial and SME

7

7

Paymark

4

5

Other large/notable items

Customer Remediation

(475)

(295)

Accelerated Software Amortisation

-

(206)

Royal Commission Legal Costs

(10)

(38)

Restructuring

(54)

(159)

Description of large/notable items:

Item Description

Gain/(Loss) on sale of divestments The 2019 financial year included a gain on sale upon completion of the sale of OPL NZ, Paymark,

Cambodia JV, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME businesses. The 2018 financial year included

the gain on sale upon completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses and MCC, and the

loss on sale from SRCB. The Group recognised a loss on reclassification of assets and liabilities to

held for sale for Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME. In addition, a net

cost recovery for UDC was recognised in respect of the terminated transaction process.

Divested business results


The 2019 financial year included the divested business results of the Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, PNG

Retail, Commercial and SME, and Paymark. The 2018 financial year included the divested

business results of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses and a dividend received from MCC.

Customer Remediation


Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation

project costs and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes.

Accelerated Software Amortisation


Accelerated amortisation charge of certain software assets in the 2018 financial year,

predominantly relating to the Institutional division following a review of the International

business in light of divestments.

Royal Commission Legal Costs External legal costs associated with responding to the Royal Commission.

Restructuring Restructuring to re-shape our workforce and simplify our business. The 2019 financial year

largely related to changes in the Group’s enablement functions. The 2018 financial year largely

related to the move of the Australia Retail and Commercial division and technology function to

agile ways of working.

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

55

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

56 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

ANALYSIS OF CASH PROFIT PERFORMANCE

1

Net interest income

1

2019 2018


$m $m Movt

Cash net interest income

2


14,339

14,514 -1%

Average interest earning assets

3


813,219

774,883 5%

Average deposits and other borrowings

3,4


639,144

617,008 4%

Net interest margin (%) - cash

2,3


1.76

1.87 -11 bps

Net interest income

decreased $175 million (-1%) largely due to lower interest rates and competitive pressures resulting in a 11 basis point

decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 5% growth in average interest earning assets.

Net interest margin

decreased reflecting growth in lower margin Markets Balance Sheet activities, higher proportionate growth in the lower

Institutional business, customer switching to principal and interest in Australia home loans, deposit margin compression and lower earnings

on capital, partially offset by the impact of home loans repricing

Average interest earning assets

increased $38.3 billion (5%) reflecting growth in Institutional banking portfolios and home loan growth in the

New Zealand division.

Average deposits and other borrowings

increased $22.1 billion (4%) driven by growth in the Institutional and New Zealand divisions, and the

impact of foreign currency movements.


NET INTEREST MARGIN FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (BPS)



1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

2.

Includes the major bank levy of -$363 million (2018: -$355 million).

3.

Average balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities of continuing operations reclassified as held for sale.

 

NET INTEREST MARGIN FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (BPS)

2019 Cash

net interest

margin

subtotal

Large/

notable

items

2018 Cash

net interest

margin -

continuing

operations

2019 Cash

net interest

margin -

continuing

operations

Markets

balance

sheet

activities

1


Deposit

pricing

Wholesale

funding

costs

Treasury

Asset and

funding mix

Assets

pricing

182

187

(4)

(1)

(1)


(2)

2

(5)

176

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

56

Performance Overview (continued)

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 57

Other operating income

1

2019 2018


$m $m Movt

Net fee and commission income

2


2,493

2,624 -5%

Markets other operating income

1,286

1,129 14%

Share of associates' profit

2


262

183 43%

Other

2


649

917 -29%

Total cash other operating income 4,690

4,853 -3%



Total increase/

(decrease)

$m



Movt



Explanation

Net fee and

commission

income

2


(131) -5% Net fee and commission income decreased primarily due to the reduction or removal of

commercial and retail fees, lower volumes and the loss of income following the sale of

the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses, partially offset by lower customer remediation

impacting Net fee and commission income.

Markets other

operating income


157 14% Markets other operating income increased across Franchise Trading, Franchise Sales and

Balance Sheet Trading. This was primarily due to tighter credit spreads and Australia and

New Zealand rates, partially offset by a challenging international interest rate

environment and the lower net impact of derivative valuation adjustments relative to

the prior financial year.

Share of associates'

profit

2


79 43% Share of associates’ profit increased by $79m of which $44 million relates to P. T. Bank

Pan Indonesia and $36 million relates to AmBank.

Other

2

(268) -29% Other decreased primarily due to the reduction in insurance business income following

the sale of OnePath Life NZ, realised losses on economic and revenue hedges against

foreign currency revenue streams (which are offset by favourable currency translations

elsewhere in the Group) and a reduction in income in the lenders mortgage insurance

business.

Total cash other

operating income

from continuing

operations

(163) -3%


OTHER OPERATING INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)


1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

2.

Excluding Markets.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)




20192018

2,493

1,286

262

649

2,624

1,129

183

917

● Net fee and

commission income

● Mar kets other

operating income


● Other

Share of associates’ prot

57

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

58 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

Operating expenses

1

2019 2018

$m $m Movt

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations

2

9,071

9,401 -4%

Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations

37,588

37,860 -1%

Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations

37,480

40,016 -6%

Operating expenses decreased by $330 million (-4%). Key drivers:

 Personnel expenses increased $7 million (0%) largely driven by higher regulatory compliance spend in the New Zealand division, higher

employee leave provisions, wage inflation and the impact of insourcing technology services. This was offset by lower FTE, lower personnel

expenses following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses ($33 million) and lower customer remediation

($58 million).

 Premises expenses decreased $16 million (-2%) primarily driven by the consolidation of our property footprint.

 Technology expenses (excluding personnel) decreased $365 million (-19%) largely due to an accelerated amortisation charge in the prior

period ($251 million) and the insourcing of technology services.

 Restructuring expenses decreased $150 million (-66%) due to higher spend in the prior period associated with the move to agile ways of

working in the Australian Retail and Commercial division and technology function.

 Other expenses increased $194 million (+11%) largely due to higher customer remediation ($240 million), partially offset by lower expenses

following the sale of OnePath Life (NZ) and Asia Retail and Wealth businesses ($26 million) and a reduction in Royal Commission legal costs

($40 million).


OPERATING EXPENSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)


Credit impairment

1

2019 2018 Movt

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m)

17

(85) large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($m)

778

773 1%

Credit impairment charge ($m) 795

688 16%

Gross impaired assets ($m)

2


2,029

2,139 -5%

Credit risk weighted assets ($b)

358.1

337.6 6%

Total allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) ($m)

4,190

3,443 18%

Individually assessed as % of gross impaired assets

40.1%

43.0%

Collectively assessed as % of credit risk weighted assets

3


0.94%

0.75%

The

collectively assessed credit impairment charge

of $102 million was primarily driven by a $55 million increase in the New Zealand

division and a $30 million increase in the Institutional division. The increase in the New Zealand division was primarily due to release of a

temporary economic overlay in 2018, followed by a new temporary management overlay in 2019. The increase in the Institutional division was

due to a greater number of customer upgrades in the prior period.

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

2.

In 2019, ANZ implemented a more market responsive collateral valuation methodology for the home loan portfolio in Australia which increased the number of home loans being classified as

impaired rather than past due. Comparative information has not been restated for this change in methodology. Additionally, refinement to underlying data resulted in a transfer from past due

and sub-standard into impaired assets. Comparative information has been restated with a transfer of $126 million for 2018.

3.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses by $813 million, comparative information has not been restated.


 

OPERATING EXPENSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ($M)





20192018

● Personnel expenses

● Premises expenses

● Technology expenses

● Restructuring expenses

● Other expenses

4,765

795

1,534

1,706

4,758

227

1,899

811

77

1,900

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

58

Performance Overview (continued)

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 59

The

individually assessed credit impairment charge

increased by $5 million (1%) due to lower write-backs and recoveries in the New

Zealand and Institutional divisions, partially offset by higher write-backs and recoveries in the Australia Retail and Commercial division and a

decrease due to the sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in the prior year.

Gross impaired assets

decreased $110 million (-5%) driven by the Institutional division (-$177 million) with repayments reducing a number of

large impaired assets. This was partially offset by an increase in the Australia Retail and Commercial division ($57 million) primarily driven by a

number of single name impaired loans in the Commercial portfolio. The Group’s individually assessed coverage ratio on impaired assets was

40.1 % at 30 September 2019 (Sep 18: 43.0%).

CREDIT IMPAIRMENT ($M)


1.

During the 2019 financial year, ANZ implemented a more market responsive collateral valuation methodology for the home loan portfolio in Australia which increased the number of home loans

being classified as impaired rather than past due. Comparative information has not been restated for the change in methodology. Additionally, refinement to underlying processes and associate

data resulted in transfer of loans from past due and sub-standard categories into impaired assets. Comparative information has been restated with transfer of $126 million at September 2018.

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

1


Australia

Retail and New

TSO and

Group

2019 Commercial Institutional Zealand Pacific Centre Group

Net interest margin

2.59% 0.82% 2.33% 3.75% n/a 1.76%

Operating expenses to operating income

43.2% 50.6% 38.8% 64.7% n/a 47.7%

Cash profit from continuing

operations ($m)

3,195 1,828 1,399 59 (11) 6,470

Net loans and advances ($b)

331.9 164.5 116.7 2.1 0.1 615.3

Customer deposits

2

($b)

208.0 217.3 83.4 3.5 (0.4) 511.8

Number of FTE

13,903 5,468 6,121 1,086 11,010 37,588


Australia

Retail and New

TSO and

Group

2018 Commercial Institutional Zealand Pacific Centre Group

Net interest margin 2.69% 0.88% 2.42% 4.11% n/a 1.87%

Operating expenses to operating income 40.9% 58.3% 36.3% 55.4% n/a 48.5%

Cash profit from continuing

operations ($m)

3,626 1,480 1,521 72 (212) 6,487

Net loans and advances ($b) 341.3 150.1 111.3 2.1 (0.2) 605.5

Customer deposits

2

($b) 202.7 205.8 79.8 3.5 (4.5) 487.3

Number of FTE 13,731 6,188 6,165 1,125 10,651 37,860

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

2.

TSO and Group Centre includes term deposits, other deposits and an adjustment in Group Centre to eliminate Wealth Australia discontinued operations investments in ANZ deposit products.

● Australia Retail

and Commercial

● Institutional

● New Zealand

Pacic


● TSO and

Group Centre

20192018

Collectively assessed

allowance for ECL

($m)

1,795

1,169

374

38

1,125

2,5233,376

1,073

279

43

3

Individually assessed

allowance for ECL

($m)

20192018

920814

558

160

72

24

569

251

81

18

1

20192018

Gross impaired assets

1

($m)

2,1392,029

1,468

265

245

51

1,411

442

236

50

CREDIT IMPAIRMENT ($M)

59

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

60 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.


DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

1

Australia Retail and Commercial

Lending volumes decreased as a result of lower system growth, asset competition and more conservative home loan origination risk

settings. Net interest margin decreased as a result of home loan mix changes and higher discounting, the impact of the official cash

rate decreases on low-rate deposits, regulatory impact on credit card pricing and higher customer remediation, partially offset by

home loans re-pricing. Other operating income decreased as the result of higher customer remediation, and lower fee income due

to the removal of fees and lower volumes. Operating expenses were flat with higher inflation, higher compliance costs and

increased technology infrastructure spend offset by productivity initiatives including workforce and branch optimisation. Credit

impairment charges increased primarily due to an increase in collectively assessed credit impairment as a result of a weakening

Australian economic outlook, partially offset by a higher recoveries and write-backs.

Institutional

Lending volumes grew across all Institutional businesses. Customer deposits grew in Markets and Transaction Banking. Net interest

margin decreased due to a reduction in lending margins, partially offset by higher deposit margins. Other operating income

increased as a result of higher Markets income across all businesses. Operating expenses decreased due to a reduction in FTE and

related costs, and lower ongoing software amortisation charges, partially offset by inflation. Credit impairment charges increased

primarily due to an increase in individually assessed impairment charges driven by lower write-backs and recoveries, and an increase

in collectively assessed impairment charges as a result of a greater number of customer upgrades in the prior period.

New Zealand

Lending and customer deposit volumes grew across all portfolios and funds under management increased during the period. Net

interest margin decreased as a result of compressed deposit margins and home loan mix changes. Operating income decreased

primarily due to the loss of income as the result of the OnePath Life (NZ) divestment, and an one-off insurance recovery in the prior

period. Operating expenses increased primarily due to higher regulatory compliance spend, partly offset by the OnePath Life (NZ)

divestment. Credit impairment charges increased primarily due to an increase in individually assessed impairment charges driven by

lower write-backs and recoveries, and increase in collectively assessed impairment charges in Commercial driven by the release of

an Agri economic cycle adjustment in 2018 followed by a new temporary overlay in 2019.

Pacific

Operating income for the Pacific division was broadly in line with the prior year. Costs were higher largely due to customer

remediation. Credit impairment charges were not significant for the 2019 financial year.

TSO and Group Centre

The 2019 financial year included the gain on sale of OnePath Life (NZ), Paymark, Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME.

The 2018 financial year included the gain on sale of MCC, loss on sale of SRCB, the loss on reclassification of assets and liabilities to

held for sale for Cambodia JV, OPL NZ, and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME, Royal Commission legal costs, and higher restructuring

costs.


ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

60

Performance Overview (continued)

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 61

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS


The financial results of the Wealth Australia businesses being divested and associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts are

treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. These businesses qualify as discontinued operations, a subset of

assets and liabilities held for sale, as they represent a major line of business.

The comparative Group Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income have been restated to show discontinued operations

separately from continuing operations in a separate line item ‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.

 Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF)

On 17 October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath P&I and ADGs businesses to IOOF. The aligned dealer groups

business consists of ADGs that operate under their own Australian Financial Services licences. The sale of the ADGs completed on 1 October

2018. On 17 October 2019 the Group announced it had agreed a revised sale price for its OnePath P&I business and ADG to IOOF of $850

million, being a $125 million reduction from the original sale price of $975 million announced in October 2017. The new price of $850

million, includes approximately $25 million that ANZ has already received for the sale of ADGs in October 2018. The revised terms reflect

changing market conditions and include lower overall warranty caps as well as some changes to the strategic alliance arrangements.

Subject to APRA approval the Group expects the transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020. The impact of the

reduction in price has been reflected in the 2019 financial results.

 Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich)

On 12 December 2017, ANZ announced that it had agreed to the sale of its life insurance business to Zurich and regulatory approval was

obtained on 10 October 2018. The transaction was completed on 31 May 2019.

Included in the ‘Cash loss from discontinued operations’ is:

 A $23 million loss ($81 million loss after tax) was recognised in the 2019 financial year. This is attributable to sale related adjustments and

write-downs, the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold to Zurich, partially offset by

the recycling of gains previously deferred in equity reserves on sale completion. A $632 million loss (pre and post-tax) was recognised on

the reclassification of Wealth Australia businesses to held for sale in the 2018 financial year; and

 Customer remediation which includes provisions for expected refunds to customers and related remediation costs associated with

inappropriate advice or services not provided in the pensions and investments and life insurance businesses. An amount of $241 million

pre-tax, $207 million post tax was recognised in the 2019 financial year (2018: $181m pre-tax, $127 million post-tax).

ANZ’s lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, general insurance distribution and financial planning businesses which were previously

part of the continuing operations of Wealth Australia now form part of the Australia Retail and Commercial division (previously named

Australia division) and Wealth Australia ceases to exist as a continuing division.

E

xplanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

 Treasury shares adjustment

ANZ shares held by the Group in Wealth Australia discontinued operations are deemed to be Treasury shares for accounting purposes.

Dividends and realised and unrealised gains and losses from these shares are reversed as they are not permitted to be recognised as income

for statutory reporting purposes. In deriving cash profit, these earnings are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the

Group’s profits because the Treasury shares are held to support policy liabilities which are revalued through the Income Statement. With the

sale completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, there are no further ANZ shares held by the Group in discontinued operations

(2018: 15.5 million shares).

 Revaluation of policy liabilities

When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the

obligation, with the impact of changes in the market discount rate in each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes

the impact on the re-measurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory

profit to remove the volatility attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract.

With the sale completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, the 2019 financial year includes the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit

adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold, reducing cash profit by $15 million.


2019 2018

$m $m

Statutory profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (343)

(695)

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

34

13

Treasury shares adjustment

(11)

7

Revaluation of policy liabilities

45

6

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

(309)

(682)

61

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
62 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE GROUP – INCLUDING DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Condensed balance sheet

As at

20192018

$b$bMovt

Assets

Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid

100.3

98.02%

Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale assets

1

126.9

112.013%

Derivative financial instruments

120.7

68.476%

Net loans and advances

615.3

604.52%

Assets held for sale

1.8

45.2-96%

Other

16.1

15.17%

Total assets

981.1

943.24%

Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 18.8 18.33%

Deposits and other borrowings 637.7 618.23%

Derivative financial instruments 121.0 69.774%

Debt Issuances

129.7 121.27%

Liabilities held for sale 2.1 47.2-96%

Other 11.0 9.220%

Total liabilities

920.3

883.84%

Total equity 60.8

59.42%

1.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9

and a new classification of investment securities was i ntroduced. Refer to Note 1 of the Annual Report for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.


Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale assets increased $14.9 billion (+13%) primarily driven by an increase in liquid assets in

Markets and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.


Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $52.3 billion (+76%) and $51.3 billion (+74%) respectively as interest rate movements

resulted in higher derivative volumes and fair values, particularly in interest rate swap products.


Net loans and advances increased $10.8 billion (+2%) primarily driven by lending growth in the Institutional division (+$10.5 billion),

growth in home loans in the New Zealand division (+$4.1 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially

offset by the decrease in home loans in the Australia Retail and Commercial division (-$9.4 billion).


Assets and liabilities held for sale decreased $43.4 billion (-96%) and $45.1 billion (-96%) respectively primarily driven by the sale

completion of the life insurance business to Zurich, OPL NZ, Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial & SME.


Deposits and other borrowings increased $19.5 billion (+3%) primarily driven by increased deposits from banks and repurchase

agreements (+$9.9 billion), growth in customer deposits across the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$5.3 billion) and New Zealand

division (+$2.7 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by reduction in certificates of

deposit and commercial paper issued (-$11.6 billion).


Debt issuances increased $8.5 billion (+7%) primarily driven by senior debt issuances and the impact of foreign currency translation

movements.

F

unding

20192018

Net Stable Funding Ratio

116%

115%

The Group targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentration by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.

$23.6 billion of term wholesale debt with a remaining term greater than one year as at 30 September 2019 was issued during the year.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

62

Performance Overview (continued)

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)
ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT 63

Liquidity

20192018

Total liquid assets ($b)

1

188.4

191.3

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)

1

140%

138%

1.

Full year average, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.

The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed

environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent

with Basel 3 LCR:

Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for

repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt

securities and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) and other eligible securities listed by

the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).

The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid asset portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory

requirements and the risk appetite set by the Board.


Capital management

20192018Movt

Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)

- APRA Basel 3

11.4%

11.4%

Credit risk weighted assets ($b)

358.1

337.66%

Total risk weighted assets ($b)

417.0

390.87%

APRA, under the authority of the Banking Act 1959, sets minimum regulatory requirements for banks including what is acceptable as

regulatory capital and provides methods of measuring the risks incurred by the Bank.

The Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio remained at 11.4% based on APRA Basel 3 standards, exceeding APRA’s minimum requirements. Cash

earnings and divestments were offset by the impact of dividends and share buybacks during the year.

Dividends

This performance allowed us to propose that a final dividend of 80 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share, bringing the

total dividend for the year ended 30 September 2019 to $1.60 per share. This represents a dividend payout ratio of 70.1% of cash profit from

continuing operations.

The proposed 2019 final dividend of 80 cents per share will be 70% franked for Australian taxation purposes, and carry a New Zealand (NZ)

imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share. It will be paid on 18 December 2019 to owners of ordinary shares at close of business on

12 November 2019 (record date).

ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2019 final dividend.

For the 2019 final dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market purchase and BOP through the issue of new

shares.

Further details on dividends provided for or paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 are set out in Note 5 in the Annual Report.

Shareholders Returns

1.

Information has been presented on a cash profit from continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations are detailed on page 61.

Shareholder Returns

2019

2015

260.3

202.6

2016

232.7

2017

223.4

2018

227.6

Earnings per

Share (cents)

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

181

160

160

160

160

Dividends per

Share (cents)

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

71.2

79.4

69

71.1

70.1

Dividends Payout

Ratio (%)

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

Total Shareholder

Return (%)

0.6

13.1

9.2

9.2

-7.5

63

OUR PERFORMANCE (continued)

64 ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY


2019

1

2018

1

2017

1

2016 2015

$m $m $m $m $m

Financial performance - cash

2


Net interest income

14,339

14,514 14,875 15,095 14,616

Other operating income

3


4,690

4,853 4,941 5,499 5,921

Operating expenses

3


(9,071)

(9,401) (8,967) (10,439) (9,378)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

9,958

9,966 10,849 10,155 11,159

Credit impairment charge

(795)

(688) (1,199) (1,956) (1,205)

Income tax expense

(2,678)

(2,775) (2,826) (2,299) (2,724)

Non-controlling interests

(15)

(16) (15) (11) (14)

Cash profit from continuing operations

2

6,470

6,487 (6,809) 5,889 7,216

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

(309)

(682) 129 n/a n/a

Cash profit 6,161

5,805 6,938 5,889 7,216

Adjustments to arrive at statutory profit

2


(208)

595 (532) (180) 277

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 5,953

6,400 6,406 5,709 7,493

Financial position

Assets

981,137

943,182 897,326 914,869 889,900

Net assets

60,794

59,405 59,075 57,927 57,353

Common Equity Tier 1

11.4%

11.4% 10.6% 9.6% 9.6%

Common Equity Tier 1 – Internationally

Comparable Basel 3

4


16.4%

16.8% 15.8% 14.5% 13.2%

Return on average ordinary equity (statutory)

5


10.0%

10.9% 11.0% 10.0% 14.5%

Return on average assets (statutory)

0.6%

0.7% 0.7% 0.6% 0.9%

Cost to income ratio (cash)

2


49.5%

52.0% 46.1% 50.7% 45.7%

Shareholder value – ordinary shares

Total return to shareholders (share price movement plus

dividends)

9.2%

0.6% 13.1% 9.2% (7.5%)

Market capitalisation

80,842

80,979 86,948 80,886 78,606

Dividend (cents)

160

160 160 160 181

Franked portion – interim

100%

100% 100% 100% 100%

– final

70%

100% 100% 100% 100%

Share price – high (dollars)

$29.30

$30.80 $32.95 $29.17 $37.25

– low (dollars)

$22.98

$26.08 $25.78 $21.86 $26.38

– closing (dollars)

$28.52

$28.18 $29.60 $27.63 $27.08

Share information

(per fully paid ordinary share)

Earnings per share (cents) (statutory)

210

221.6 220.1 197.4 271.5

Dividend payout ratio (statutory)

76.2%

72.1% 73.4% 81.9% 68.6%

Net tangible assets per ordinary share

6


$19.59

$18.47 $17.66 $17.13 $16.86

No. of fully paid ordinary shares issued (millions)

2,835

2,874 2,937 2,927 2,903

Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) issue price

– interim

$27.79

$27.76 $28.80 $24.82 $31.93

– final

-

$26.03 $29.02 $28.16 $27.08

Other information

No. of employees (full time equivalents)



39,060

39,924 44,896 46,554 50,152

No. of shareholders

506,847

509,238 522,425 545,256 546,558

1.

During 2018, part of Wealth Australia and TSO and Group Centre division was classified as a discontinued operation. 2017 comparatives have been restated accordingly. 2016 to 2015 have not

been restated. All ratios are presented on a Group basis inclusive of discontinued operations across 2019 to 2015.

2.

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. Cash profit is not

audited; however, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that the adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented, and the adjustments

for the sale impact of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) in 2018 and 2017 are appropriate.

3.

On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Only the comparative information

for 2018 has been restated which increased total operating income and total operating expenses by $153 million for the September 2018 full year.

4.

Internationally Comparable Methodology applied for 2015–2018 aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ (13 July 2015). Basel Internationally

Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the Basel l capital floor requirement.

5.

Average ordinary equity excludes non-controlling interests and preference shares.

6.

Equals shareholders’ equity less preference share capital, goodwill, software and other intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

64

Performance Overview (continued)

20192018201720162015
Fair and Responsible Banking

Net Promoter Score Ranking (relative to peers)

Australia Retail

1

43424

Australia Commercial

2

33444

Australia Institutional

3

1121–

New Zealand Retail

4

44445

New Zealand Commercial and Agricultural

5

55555

New Zealand Institutional

6

1131–

Code of conduct

Breaches7841,1141,4431,4081,629

Investigations resulting in termination151226262254294

Financial Wellbeing

Help enable social and economic participation of

1 million people by 2020 (cumulative total)

7

998,474 889,135550,361453,054–

Employees

Employee Engagement (%)

8

7773727476

Total Women in Leadership (%)

9

32.532.031.129.929.5

Community

Total community investment ($m)

10

142.2136.9131.189.874.8

Volunteer hours134,930124,113113,127113,071108,142

Employee volunteering participation rate (%)

11

42.434.629.4––

Housing

Provide NZ $100 million of interest free loans to insulate homes for

ANZ mortgage holders (NZ$ million)

12

6.3––––

Environmental Sustainability

Fund and facilitate at least AU$15 billion by 2020 towards environmentally

sustainable solutions for our customers (AU$ billion cumulative total)

13

19.111.56.92.5–

Environmental footprint

Total scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions (tCO

2

e)156,568171,012180,993193,569209,531

Total scope 1,2 & 3 GHG emissions (tCO

2

e)250,857266,906273,216299,224335,085

Project finance portfolio

14

Renewables (%)8376706360

Coal (%)910161918

Gas (%)813131822

Project finance commitment to renewable energy ($m)1,3711,0761,141875881

1.

Roy Morgan Research Single Source, Australian population aged 14+, Main Financial

Institution, six month rolling average to Sep’15, Sep’16, Sep’17, Sep’18 & Sep’19. Ranking

based on the four major Australian banks.

2.

DBM Business Financial Services Monitor. Base: Commercial (<$100 million annual turnover)

Main Financial Institution customers. Six month average to Sep’15, Sep’16, Sep’17, Sep’18 &

Sep’19. Ranking based on the four major Australian banks.

3.

Peter Lee Associates, 2019 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys,

Australia.

4.

Retail Market Monitor, Camorra Research, six month rolling average to Sep’15, Sep’16,

Sep’17, Sep’18 & Sep’19.

5.

Business Finance Monitor, TNS Kantar Research. Base: Commercial ($3 million – $150 million

annual turnover) and Agricultural (>500K annual turnover) customers. Four quarter rolling

average to Q3’15, Q3’16, Q3’17, Q3’18 & Q3’19.

6.

Peter Lee Associates Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, New

Zealand 2016 – 2019, ranked against the Top 4 competitors (in 2016 rank based on question

‘which bank would you most likely to recommend’).

7.

Target commenced in 2016. Performance includes people helped through our initiatives to

support financial wellbeing, including our financial inclusion, employment and community

programs, and targeted banking products and services for small business and retail

customers. Refer to the 2019 ESG Supplement for methodology (to be released in December).

8.

The 2017 engagement survey was run as a pulse survey sent to 10% of the bank’s

employees with a 57% response rate.

9.

Measures representation at the Senior Manager, Executive and Senior Executive levels.

Includes all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (which are included

in FTE).

10.

Includes foregone revenue ($109 million for 2019), being the cost of providing low or fee

free accounts to a range of customers such as government benefit recipients, not-for-profit

organisations and students.

11.

Commenced reporting in 2017.

12 .

Target commenced in 2019.

13.

Target commenced in 2016. Performance includes funding or facilitation of initiatives that

help lower carbon emissions, improve water stewardship, and minimise waste.

14.

Breakdown for 2017 & 2018 does not total to 100% due to rounding.

65

Dear Shareholder,
2019 Remuneration Report – audited

This was another challenging year despite the solid gains made in

simplifying our business and addressing the difficulties facing our

bank and the broader industry.

We continued efforts to strengthen our balance sheet and we

remain well capitalised, with costs held flat for the year.

However, momentum issues within our Retail and Commercial

business in Australia, along with challenges in New Zealand (NZ),

impacted financial performance.

All this has been taken into account when determining

remuneration outcomes.

Further customer remediation charges of $682 million were

recorded this year impacted by historical issues. The Board

acknowledges the impact this has on shareholders and this has

impacted remuneration outcomes.

As you may know, ANZ recorded a ‘first strike’ last year when around

a third of shares were voted against our Remuneration Report.

While two thirds of shares voted in favour, the Board took this result

very seriously and has actively sought feedback from both our

institutional and retail shareholders.

We have provided additional information in this year’s report to

help shareholders better understand the steps we have taken

as a Board to respond to the concerns raised. This includes how

executive performance has been assessed as well as improvements

to accountability and consequence management.

Remuneration

Report

Executive outcomes

There has been significant differentiation this year in the

remuneration awarded to our executives, reflecting different levels

of performance among our most senior leaders.

•Our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Shayne Elliott, had a solid year

where he demonstrated strong leadership in dealing with the

challenges facing ANZ and the industry. However, as CEO he is

accountable for the overall performance of the Group and as a

result was awarded Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR) of 48% of

his maximum opportunity.

•The Variable Remuneration (VR) outcomes for our Disclosed

Executives ranged between 0% and 74% of maximum

opportunity, demonstrating the ‘at-risk’ nature of their

remuneration.

As outlined in the Chief Executive’s report, we have also introduced

wide-ranging reforms for financial year 2020 as to how we pay our

people below our Disclosed Executives, replacing individual bonuses

for the vast majority of employees with an incentive based on the

overall performance of the Group.

This is an industry leading initiative that addresses many of the

concerns about ‘bonus culture’ raised in the final report of the

Royal Commission.

This year, we also strengthened the way we deal with material risks

with an enhanced Accountability and Consequence Framework. 151

employees were terminated for breaches of our Code of Conduct

with a further 516 employees having their performance and

remuneration outcomes impacted.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

66

1. BOARD RESPONSE TO FEEDBACK PROVIDED IN
RELATION TO THE 2018 REMUNERATION REPORT 68

2. WHO IS COVERED BY THIS REPORT 69

3. 2019 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AT A GLANCE 70

4. OVERVIEW OF

ANZ’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 70

5. 2019 OUTCOMES 72

6. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

AND DELIVERY 83

7. ACCOUNTABILITY AND

CONSEQUENCE FRAMEWORK 88

8. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (NED)

REMUNERATION 88

9. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 90

10. OTHER INFORMATION 92

Contents

Next steps

Your Board is committed to putting remuneration frameworks in

place to help foster a culture of trust, integrity and ethical decision

making.

During 2020, we will undertake a comprehensive review of executive

remuneration against Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration

recommendations from our prudential regulator as well as the

external environment.

We will also consult with our stakeholders so that the way we

reward our people is aligned with our culture and values as well as

customer, shareholder and community standards.

On behalf of the Board, I invite you to consider our Remuneration

Report which will be presented to shareholders for adoption at the

2019 Annual General Meeting (AGM) in Brisbane.


Ilana Atlas

CHAIR – HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) COMMITTEE

67

1. BOARD RESPONSE TO FEEDBACK PROVIDED IN RELATION TO THE
2018 REMUNERATION REPORT

At the AGM in 2018, while two thirds of shares voted were cast in favour of the Remuneration Report, one third were cast against and so ANZ

recorded what is termed a ‘first strike’. The Board took this outcome very seriously and sought feedback from both our institutional and retail

shareholders. A summary of the key feedback received and changes made this year is provided below.

SUMMARY

Questions around whether variable remuneration is sufficiently variable and genuinely at risk. This was a particular focus in

2018 given the impact on ANZ of the Royal Commission and where ANZ recognised substantial customer remediation costs.

•The Board has focused on ensuring that the 2019 variable remuneration awards appropriately reflect individual and overall performance

outcomes.

•At the start of each year, the Board sets performance objectives for the CEO and each of our Disclosed Executives that are intended to be

stretching yet achievable. These contain a blend of both financial (weighted no more than 45%) and non-financial measures designed to

focus executives on delivering sustainable long-term performance that supports both good customer and shareholder outcomes aligned to

our long-term strategic objectives.

•The CEO’s performance is assessed against a number of factors including the Group Performance Framework and individual strategic

objectives. Although the Board assessed his performance as slightly below expectations, the Board exercised their discretion and applied a

reduction to the CEO’s 2019 AVR outcome. This resulted in an award of 48% of maximum opportunity in recognition of the fact that as CEO

he is ultimately accountable for overall performance.

•This year’s VR outcomes for Disclosed Executives ranged from 0% to 74% (2018: 40% to 60%) and averaged 45% (2018: 51%) of maximum

opportunity demonstrating the ‘at risk’ nature of variable remuneration. There is significant differentiation in outcomes – with two Disclosed

Executives receiving less than 45% of maximum opportunity and one receiving no VR.

Include more rationale to help investors understand why the Board believes the remuneration outcomes are appropriate.

•The variable remuneration structure and outcomes for the CEO and Disclosed Executives are the subject of considerable debate and

evaluation by both the HR Committee and the Board. These decisions are not taken lightly or quickly.

•In response to this feedback, the 2019 Remuneration Report aims to provide further clarity to help shareholders better understand both the

process (how performance and remuneration outcomes are determined) and the rationale (why the Board believe this year’s outcomes are

appropriate for the CEO and Disclosed Executives).

Better explain how consequences are applied for executives for poor conduct/issues ‘on their watch’ that damaged

customers and shareholders.

•In 2019 we implemented a strengthened Accountability and Consequence Framework so that meaningful consequences are applied to

executives and employees at all levels, where it is appropriate, for material risk events.

•The Consequence Review Group (CRG), which is now chaired by the CEO, meets at least four times a year. The CRG reviews material risk

events, and considers recommendations from each business regarding accountability and the application of consequences for significant

Code of Conduct breaches and material risk and audit events. We have also expanded our disclosures in this report to provide more

information on the number of employees where formal consequences have been applied in the 2019 financial year. See section 7.

•The departure of the Group Executive and CEO, NZ was a clear and public example of the application of meaningful consequences this year.

His employment ceased, he was paid no variable remuneration and all unvested deferred remuneration (~$7.4 million) was immediately

forfeited.

Use ‘face value’ rather than ‘fair value’ when determining the number of deferred share rights awarded to the CRO.

•We have changed our approach and will award the CRO deferred share rights using the face value of the Company’s shares (rather than the

fair value – which is the face value adjusted for the loss of dividends). In order to maintain the same opportunity value, the VR maximum

opportunity percentage has been adjusted to 270% of fixed remuneration (previously 255%). This change maintains – it does not increase –

the dollar value maximum opportunity, therefore the CRO would not receive greater VR for the same level of performance.

Focus on maximum variable remuneration opportunity rather than target opportunity.

•Variable remuneration outcomes are now primarily expressed as a percentage of maximum opportunity, and the value of performance

rights shown using the face value of the rights at full (100%) vesting. This approach more clearly demonstrates the executives’ actual

outcomes in comparison to the value they could be awarded if expectations were exceeded at the highest level. There is no change in

practice or opportunity.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

68

Remuneration Report continued

2. WHO IS COVERED BY THIS REPORT
2.1 DISCLOSED EXECUTIVE AND NED CHANGES

There were several changes to our Key Management Personnel

(KMP) during the 2019 year:

•Lee Hsien Yang (former NED) retired at the 2018 AGM in

December 2018.

•Fred Ohlsson stepped down as Group Executive, Australia in

December 2018 to take an extended unpaid career-break, and

Mark Hand subsequently acted in the role whilst the Australia

Division structure was reviewed.

•Following a structure review, effective March 2019 Mark Hand and

Maile Carnegie share responsibility for the financial performance

of our business in Australia. Mark was appointed to the Group

Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role and

Maile’s role expanded to Group Executive, Digital and Australia

Transformation.

•David Hisco (former Group Executive and CEO, NZ) departed

ANZ in June 2019. Antonia Watson has been subsequently acting

in the role.

2.2 KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (KMP)

The KMP whose remuneration is disclosed in this year’s report are:

Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Current

D GonskiChairman

I AtlasDirector

P DwyerDirector

J HaltonDirector

J KeyDirector

G LiebeltDirector

J MacfarlaneDirector

Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Former

H LeeFormer Director – retired 19 December 2018

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Disclosed Executives – Current

S ElliottChief Executive Officer and Executive Director

M Carnegie Group Executive, Digital and Australia

Transformation – appointed 1 March 2019

(formerly Group Executive, Digital Banking)

K CorballyChief Risk Officer (CRO)

A George Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Group

Executive, Wealth Australia

M Hand Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial

Banking – appointed 1 March 2019 (Acting

Group Executive, Australia from

29 December 2018 to 28 February 2019)

M JablkoChief Financial Officer (CFO)

A WatsonActing Group Executive and Chief Executive

Officer, New Zealand – appointed 17 June 2019

M WhelanGroup Executive, Institutional

Disclosed Executives – Former

D HiscoFormer Group Executive and Chief Executive

Officer, New Zealand – concluded in role and

ceased employment 14 June 2019

F OhlssonFormer Group Executive, Australia – concluded in

role 28 December 2018

The Remuneration Report for the Group outlines our remuneration

strategy and framework and the remuneration practices that apply

to KMP. This report has been prepared, and audited, as required by

the Corporations Act 2001. It forms part of the Directors’ Report.

69

The performance rights awarded to the CEO and Disclosed Executives in November/December 2015 were tested in November
2018 against their three equal Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance hurdles. A total of 21.8% of the award vested and the

remaining 78.2% lapsed. See section 5.4.3 for further details.

For 2019, our CEO:

•Did not receive an increase in fixed remuneration.

•Received an Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR) award of

48% of maximum opportunity. This reflects performance

against his individual objectives and the Group Performance

Framework, and the exercise of Board discretion considering

his accountability as CEO for the overall performance of

the Group.

•Subject to shareholder approval at the 2019 AGM, he will be

awarded Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR) of $4.2 million

(200% of fixed remuneration) which may vest in 2023 subject

to meeting performance hurdles.

•Received total remuneration of $4.09 million for 2019.

For 2019:

•Fixed remuneration increases were only received by two

Disclosed Executives – Mark Hand on appointment to the

Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role

to reflect his expanded responsibilities, and Kevin Corbally

(CRO) based on a review of internal and external market

relativities, and in recognition of the increase in regulatory

activity and complexity of the risk environment.

•Variable Remuneration (VR) outcomes for our Disclosed

Executives averaged 45% of maximum opportunity, with

substantial differentiation at an individual level ranging from

0% to 74% (40% to 60% in 2018).

•Upon cessation of employment David Hisco (former Group

Executive and CEO, NZ) forfeited all his unvested equity

(~$7.4 million). He received his contracted and statutory

entitlements to notice and untaken leave, and was not

awarded any VR.

There were no increases to NED fees in 2019 (or 2018). Rather, the Board decided to apply a 20% reduction to the Chairman and NED

member fees for 2019.

3. 2019 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES AT A GLANCE

4. OVERVIEW OF ANZ’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

4.1 CHANGES TO THE CEO AND DISCLOSED EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION FRAMEWORKS MADE IN 2019

The following changes were made to the CEO and Disclosed Executives’ remuneration frameworks for 2019:

•Four-year deferral: The deferral and performance period for the performance rights (excluding the CRO who receives deferred share rights)

has been extended from three years to four years. This provides an additional year for the performance rights to remain at risk (subject to

malus) and for the performance hurdles to be measured.

•Vesting period: The deferred shares will be delivered over four years with staggered vesting (previously even vesting). See section 6.2.

•For the CRO: The number of deferred share rights awarded will be determined using the face value (previously fair value), and these share

rights will now be subject to a four-year deferral period (previously three years).

The differing remuneration structure for the CRO is designed to preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any conflicts of

interest in carrying out the risk control function across ANZ.

As a result of these changes, 68% of variable remuneration (AVR plus LTVR) for the CEO, 53% of VR for Disclosed Executives (other than the

CRO), and 41% of VR for the CRO will be deferred for at least four years, noting that this is in excess of the BEAR minimum deferral requirement

of 60% for the CEO and 40% for Disclosed Executives. See section 6.2 for more detail.

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) remuneration

Performance rights outcomes (CEO and Disclosed Executives)

Non-Executive Director (NED) fees

Disclosed Executive remuneration

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

70

Remuneration Report continued

4.2 REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK OVERVIEW
The structure of our remuneration framework is aligned with our Reward Principles and has been designed to support ANZ’s purpose and strategy.

Disclosed Executives

3

Variable Remuneration (VR)

•Rewarded under a single VR framework enabling us to:

–Provide the appropriate mix of short and long-term

rewards (including performance hurdles) to drive

performance, and attract and retain talent;

–Tie the full VR award to the performance of ANZ; and

–Defer VR over the short, medium and longer term.

•Determination: ANZ Group Performance Framework,

Divisional Performance Frameworks, ANZ values and risk/

compliance assessments, and Board discretion

•Maximum opportunity: 402% of fixed remuneration

4

•Delivery: 25% cash, 25% as ANZ shares deferred over four

years subject to malus, and 50% as performance rights

deferred for four years subject to performance hurdles

and malus

•Performance hurdles: Relative TSR (75%), Absolute TSR (25%)

CEO

Annual Variable Remuneration (AVR)

•Rewards the achievement of Group, Division and individual

outcomes over a 12-month period

•Determination: ANZ Group Performance Framework, individual

strategic objectives, ANZ values

2

and risk/compliance

assessments, and Board discretion

•Maximum opportunity: 150% of fixed remuneration

•Delivery: 50% cash and 50% as ANZ shares deferred over four

years, subject to malus

Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR)

•Reinforces the CEO’s focus on achieving longer term strategic

objectives and creating long-term value for all stakeholders

•Face value at full vesting: 200% of fixed remuneration

•Delivery: Performance rights deferred for four years subject to

performance hurdles and malus

•Performance hurdles: Relative TSR (75%), Absolute TSR (25%)

1.

See the ‘About our Business’ and ‘Our Strategy’ sections of the Annual Report.

2.

ANZ’s values (Integrity, Collaboration, Accountability, Respect, Excellence (ICARE)) –

the foundation of how we work, supported by our Code of Conduct.

3.

The maximum opportunity and delivery of VR differ for the CRO and Acting Group Executive

and CEO, NZ to that of other Disclosed Executives. See section 6 for further details.

4.

Performance rights face value at full vesting.

ANZ’S PURPOSE AND STRATEGY

1

Fixed remuneration Cash salary and superannuation contributions. The Board sets (and reviews annually) the CEO

and Disclosed Executives’ fixed remuneration based on financial services market relativities reflecting their responsibilities,

performance, qualifications, experience and location.

Variable remuneration (at risk) The CEO and Disclosed Executives are eligible to receive variable remuneration

under the ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP), our main variable remuneration plan.

Board discretion is applied when determining CEO and Disclosed Executive performance and remuneration outcomes,

and also before any scheduled release of previously deferred remuneration.

Are fair and simple

to understand

Reward our people for doing the right thing

having regard to our customers and shareholders

Focus on how things are achieved

as much as what is achieved

Attract, motivate and

keep great people

Is underpinned by our Remuneration Policy which includes our Reward Principles:

With remuneration delivered to our CEO and Disclosed Executives through:

Determining

accountability and

applying consequences

where appropriate

Prohibiting the

hedging of

unvested equity

Determining variable

remuneration outcomes, with

risk as a key input at a pool

and individual level

Weighting remuneration

toward the longer-

term with a significant

proportion at risk

Assessing behaviours

based on ANZ’s values and

risk/compliance standards

(including BEAR)

Reinforced by aligning remuneration and risk:

Use of economic profit as a key input

in determining the ANZIP variable

remuneration pool

Significant variable remuneration

deferral in ANZ equity

Use of relative and

absolute TSR hurdles

Substantial shareholding

requirements

While supporting the alignment of executives and shareholders through:

The HR Committee and the Board determining the variable remuneration outcomes for both the CEO and each Disclosed Executive.

Additionally, the CEO’s LTVR outcome is also subject to shareholder approval at the AGM.

While governed by:

71

5. 2019 OUTCOMES
We are mindful of the fact that variable remuneration (more broadly than it pertains to ANZ) has been the subject of much scrutiny with

questions raised regarding whether it is truly at risk and sufficiently variable. Variable remuneration at ANZ is truly at risk and can range from

zero to maximum opportunity, as evidenced by the outcomes in 2019.

The variable remuneration outcomes for both the CEO and Disclosed Executives are the subject of considerable debate and evaluation by the

HR Committee and the Board. These decisions are not taken lightly or quickly.

The tables in sections 5.1 and 5.2 supplement, and are different to, the Statutory Remuneration table (see section 10.1) which presents the

accounting expense for both vested and unvested awards in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.

5.1 YEAR-ON-YEAR REMUNERATION AWARDED

These tables show a year-on-year comparison of remuneration awarded to the CEO and Disclosed Executives for the 2017, 2018 and 2019

performance periods. Remuneration awarded includes any cash payments (e.g. fixed remuneration and cash variable remuneration) and the

value of deferred shares and performance rights awarded for the year but which have not yet vested (i.e. the value which has not yet been

received during the year). These tables also show the AVR/VR as a % of target and maximum opportunity – this % remains unchanged whether

using the threshold or full vesting value of performance rights.

Fixed remuneration is largely unchanged year-on-year other than where executives have changed roles. Variable remuneration differs

significantly both year-on-year and between different executives, and appropriately reflects the variability in Group and individual

performance year-on-year. See section 5.4 for details.

CEOThreshold vestingFull vestingAVR as % of

Financial

year

Fixed

remuneration

$

AVR

cash

$

AVR

deferred

shares

$

Total

AVR

$

LT V R

performance

rights

$

Total

remuneration

awarded

$

LT V R

performance

rights

$

Total

remuneration

awarded

$

Target

opport-

unity

Maximum

opport-

unity

CEO

S Elliott

2019 2,100,000 750,000 750,000 1,500,000 2,100,000 5,700,000 4,200,000 7,800,000 71%48%

2018 2,100,000 875,000 875,000 1,750,000 1,400,000 5,250,000 2,800,000 6,650,000 83%56%

2017 2,100,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,100,000 6,200,000 4,200,000 8,300,000 95%63%

Note the 2019 LTVR has not yet been awarded, approval will be sought from shareholders at the 2019 AGM for the LTVR award shown above.

The 2018 LTVR award was significantly reduced as further acknowledgement of the conduct issues and reputation damage of the matters

raised in the Royal Commission.

Disclosed ExecutivesThreshold vestingFull vestingVR as % of

Financial

year

Fixed

remuneration

$

VR

cash

$

VR

deferred

shares

$

VR

performance

rights

1


$

Total

remuneration

awarded

$

VR

performance

rights

1


$

Total

remuneration

awarded

$

Target

opport-

unity

Maximum

opport-

unity

Current Disclosed Executives

M Carnegie

2019 1,000,000 495,000 495,000 510,000 2,500,000 1,020,000 3,010,000 75%50%

2018 1,000,000 528,000 528,000 544,000 2,600,000 1,088,000 3,144,000 80%53%

2017 1,000,000 561,000 561,000 578,000 2,700,000 1,156,000 3,278,000 85%57%

K Corbally

2019 950,000 478,500 478,500 493,000 2,400,000 493,000 2,400,000 85%57%

2018 486,000 164,835 164,835 169,830 985,500 169,830 985,500 83%55%

(6.5 months in role)

A George

2019 1,000,000 528,000 528,000 544,000 2,600,000 1,088,000 3,144,000 80%53%

2018876,000 354,750 354,750 365,500 1,951,000 731,000 2,316,500 61%41%

(12 months/4.5 months

as Deputy CEO)

2017 664,000 301,290 301,290 310,420 1,577,000 620,840 1,887,420 76%51%

(10 months in role)

M Hand

2019 726,000 198,000 198,000 204,000 1,326,000 408,000 1,530,000 41%28%

(9 months as Disclosed

Executive)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

72

Remuneration Report continued

M Jablko
2019 1,000,000 544,500 544,500 561,000 2,650,000 1,122,000 3,211,000 83%55%

2018 1,000,000 577,500 577,500 595,000 2,750,000 1,190,000 3,345,000 88%58%

2017 1,000,000 739,200 739,200 761,600 3,240,000 1,523,200 4,001,600 112%75%

A Watson

2

2019 219,440 170,255 113,504 - 503,199 - 503,199 65%43%

(3.5 months in role)

M Whelan

2019 1,200,000 874,500 874,500 901,000 3,850,000 1,802,000 4,751,000 110%74%

2018 1,200,000 717,750 717,750 739,500 3,375,000 1,479,000 4,114,500 91%60%

2017 1,200,000 1,080,750 1,080,750 1,113,500 4,475,000 2,227,000 5,588,500 136%91%

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

2

2019 843,521 - - - 843,521 - 843,521 0%0%

(8.5 months in role)

2018 1,170,713 644,397 644,397 663,925 3,123,432 1,327,849 3,787,356 83%56%

2017 1,195,013 726,181 726,181 748,187 3,395,563 1,496,374 4,143,749 92%61%

F Ohlsson

2019 240,000 n/a n/a n/a 240,000 n/a 240,000 n/an/a

(3 months in role)

2018 1,000,000 396,000 396,000 408,000 2,200,000 816,000 2,608,000 60%40%

2017 1,000,000 534,600 534,600 550,800 2,620,000 1,101,600 3,170,800 81%54%

1.

Deferred share rights for the CRO.

2.

Paid in NZD and converted to AUD. The year-on-year difference in 2017 and 2018 fixed remuneration for D Hisco relates to fluctuations in the exchange rate.

5.2 2019 ACTUAL REMUNERATION RECEIVED

This table shows the remuneration the CEO and Disclosed Executives actually received in relation to the 2019 performance year as cash, or in

the case of prior equity awards, the value which vested in 2019. The final column also shows the value of prior equity awards which lapsed/were

forfeited in 2019 (these awards reflect the 2015 performance rights which partially met the performance hurdles when tested in November

2018, and additionally for David Hisco the forfeiture of all of his unvested deferred remuneration on cessation of employment).

Fixed

remuneration

$

Cash variable

remuneration

$

Total

cash

$

Deferred variable

remuneration

which vested

during the year

1

$

Other deferred

remuneration

which vested

during the year

1

$

Actual

remuneration

received

$

Deferred variable

remuneration which

lapsed/forfeited

during the year

1, 2

$

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

2,100,000 750,000 2,850,000 1,243,464 - 4,093,464 (3,038,880)

M Carnegie

1,000,000 495,000 1,495,000 153,490 - 1,648,490 -

K Corbally

3

950,000 478,500 1,428,500 430,229 573,129 2,431,858 (184,676)

A George

1,000,000 528,000 1,528,000 301,609 - 1,829,609 (101,328)

M Hand

726,000 198,000 924,000 - - 924,000 -

M Jablko

4

1,000,000 544,500 1,544,500 192,589 318,564 2,055,653 -

A Watson

5

219,440 170,255 389,695 - - 389,695 -

M Whelan

1,200,000 874,500 2,074,500 704,915 - 2,779,415 (1,059,695)

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

2, 5, 6

843,521 - 843,521 654,067 - 1,497,588 (7,385,293)

F Ohlsson

240,000 n/a 240,000 433,146 - 673,146 (191,526)

1.

The point in time value of previously deferred remuneration granted as shares/share rights and/or performance rights is based on the one day Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the

Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the date of vesting or lapsing/forfeiture multiplied by the number of shares/share rights and/or performance rights.

2.

The lapsed/forfeited values relate to the performance rights we awarded in November 2015 which lapsed due to the performance hurdles not being met, and for D Hisco forfeiture on

cessation of unvested deferred remuneration.

3.

Other deferred remuneration for K Corbally relates to a previously disclosed equity retention award relating to his role prior to appointment to the Group Executive Committee.

4.

Other deferred remuneration for M Jablko relates to previously disclosed compensation for deferred remuneration forfeited as a result of joining ANZ.

5.

Paid in NZD and converted to AUD.

6.

The vested values for D Hisco relate to deferred shares, deferred share rights and performance rights awarded in prior years that vested prior to cessation.

73

5.3 FIXED REMUNERATION
The Board sets (and reviews annually) the CEO and Disclosed

Executives’ fixed remuneration based on financial services market

relativities and reflecting their responsibilities, performance,

qualifications, experience and location.

There was no change to the CEO’s fixed remuneration for 2019 and it

has not changed since commencement in the role on 1 January 2016.

During 2019, the HR Committee and Board reviewed the Disclosed

Executives’ fixed remuneration. The only changes made were for

two executives.

•Kevin Corbally received a fixed remuneration increase from

$900,000 to $1,000,000 on 1 April 2019. On commencing in his

role as CRO, Kevin’s fixed remuneration was set below the market

median for comparable roles in peer group companies and lower

than that of his predecessor. With the significant increase in

regulatory activity and complexity of the risk environment, and

following a strong performance in his role and reviewing internal

relativities, the Board considered the increase appropriate.

•Mark Hand received a fixed remuneration increase from $800,000

to $1,000,000 on his appointment to the Group Executive,

Australia Retail and Commercial Banking role effective 1 March

2019 to reflect his expanded responsibilities.

5.4 VARIABLE REMUNERATION – DETAIL

5.4.1 CEO performance, AVR and LTVR

Performance

With regard to AVR, the CEO is assessed 50% on the ANZ Group

Performance Framework and 50% on achievement of individual

strategic objectives aligned to ANZ’s strategy. Both the Group

Performance Framework and individual strategic objectives are

agreed by the Board at the start of the financial year and intended

to be stretching.

At the end of the financial year, ANZ’s performance is assessed

against the Group Performance Framework, and the CEO’s

performance is assessed against his individual strategic objectives,

the ANZ values (behaviours), delivery of the BEAR obligations

and ANZ’s risk and compliance standards. In conducting the

CEO’s performance assessment, the HR Committee seeks input

from the Chairman, CRO (on risk management), CFO (on financial

performance), Group Executive, Talent and Culture (GE T&C) (on

talent and culture matters) and Group General Manager Internal

Audit (GGM IA) (on internal audit matters).

The Board has assessed the CEO’s 2019 performance as follows:

•Group Performance Framework = Below Expectations

(see section 5.5.3)

•Individual strategic objectives = Slightly Below Expectations

(see Board assessment below)

•ANZ values = Above Expectations

•Risk/compliance assessment = Met Expectations

•Board discretion = As CEO Shayne Elliott is

ultimately accountable for the Group’s overall performance,

the Board has exercised their discretion in determining the

appropriate AVR outcome for 2019 as detailed below.

2019 CEO individual strategic objectives

•Lead and role model the culture and accountability required

to transform ANZ to deliver better customer outcomes and

long-term shareholder value

•Enhance the reputation of ANZ

•Drive the strategic direction of the organisation to deliver

long-term, sustainable and profitable growth

•Drive the success of New Ways of Working (NWOW ) at

ANZ and demonstrate better customer outcomes and

productivity gains

•Continue to build Group Executive Committee effectiveness

and CEO succession

Board assessment of performance on individual strategic

objectives: Slightly Below Expectations

The CEO consistently role modelled the ANZ culture and values in

his actions throughout a challenging year for the banking sector.

This included the content and manner of his testimony before the

Royal Commission and also his handling of the Code of Conduct

breach by the former Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

Work continued on rebuilding ANZ’s reputation following the

Royal Commission last year. However, this was impacted by

further remediation charges and challenges in our NZ business.

In Australia Retail and Commercial, poor execution of changes to

certain processes and procedures including technology transition

saw customer loan assessment and approval times extend, leading

to a loss of market share. Actions taken throughout mid calendar

2019 have improved these issues.

The CEO has continued to build on the key planks of the ANZ

strategy – capital efficiency, productivity and simplification –

to deliver long-term targeted growth. ANZ delivered a solid

financial performance in 2019 – with capital well above APRA’s

unquestionably strong Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) requirements,

continued productivity savings and the completion of further

asset/business disposals. While lending growth in the year was

modest, delivery of the core aspects of the strategy positions ANZ

well for the future.

Around 25% of our people now work in new ways which is driving

speed and productivity benefits. These changes are enhancing

speed of delivery to customers and producing higher employee

engagement results.

The CEO has restructured accountability of the Group Executive

Committee in 2019 to enhance success and strengthen succession

– filling the gaps arising in the Australian business leadership and

in dealing with the NZ business leadership issues including the

cessation of the former Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

Weighting of financial metrics

AVR: Financial metrics have a 35% weighting in the Group

Performance Framework and therefore notionally have a

17.5% weighting in the CEO’s AVR. However, the CEO’s AVR

is not formulaic – outcomes are moderated by the Risk and

Reputation element of the Group Performance Framework and

the Board’s judgement on the appropriate AVR considering all

aspects of performance.

LTVR: 100% of the LTVR hurdles are based on TSR (both relative

and absolute). ANZ’s view is that TSR is not purely a financial

measure as it reflects a range of factors including investors’

judgement about the prospects of a company.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

74

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

AVR and LTVR
At the end of the financial year, the HR Committee determines the

CEO’s AVR outcome which is ultimately approved by the Board.

The CEO’s AVR will vary up or down year-on-year, it is not

guaranteed, and may range from zero to a maximum opportunity.

The 2019 AVR awarded to the CEO is 48% of maximum opportunity.

Shayne Elliott has demonstrated strong leadership both within ANZ

and the industry more broadly and delivered solid results for the

Group. He has dealt with challenges which arose during the year in a

way that is consistent with the culture we are seeking.

Despite having been assessed as met or being above expectations

on the risk/compliance assessment and ANZ values, and being

slightly below on individual strategic objectives and the Group

Performance Framework, the Board has exercised its discretion and

reduced the AVR having regard to the CEO’s ultimate accountability

for the overall performance of the Group. The Board determined that

an AVR outcome of 48% of maximum opportunity was appropriate

for 2019.

The CEO’s proposed LTVR of $4.2 million (performance rights face

value at full vesting) is subject to shareholder approval at the 2019

AGM.

2019 AVR Awarded

This table shows the AVR awarded to the CEO for the year ending

30 September 2019.

S Elliott

1

LTVR $4,200,000 performance rights face value at full vesting (subject to shareholder approval at the 2019 AGM)

AVR $1,500,000

48% of max

Cash

Deferred shares

CEO

+

Maximum opportunity

=

$750,000

+

$750,000

Summary of Total Remuneration

The remuneration Shayne Elliott received in 2019 differs to the remuneration he was awarded in relation to the 2019 performance year (which

may or may not vest in future years), and also how his remuneration was expensed (on a statutory basis) for 2019. Awarded remuneration

shown below includes the value of the performance rights at both threshold (50%) and full (100%) vesting.

Total Remuneration

Awarded

Received

1

Statutory

2

Threshold vestingFull vesting

2019$5,700,000$7,800,000$4,093,464$5,181,339

2018$5,250,000$6,650,000$3,849,666$5,645,295

2017$6,200,000$8,300,000$4,261,588$5,634,860

1.

Includes the value of previously awarded AVR deferred shares and LTVR performance rights at the date of vesting.

2.

Includes the value of AVR and LTVR that has been expensed in the year.

The difference in the CEO’s awarded remuneration reflects the variability in Group and individual performance and the reduction in his 2018

variable remuneration to acknowledge the conduct issues and reputational damage of the matters raised in the Royal Commission.

The difference in the CEO’s received remuneration also reflects the partial vesting in 2019 of performance rights granted in December 2015.

Historical AVR and LTVR

This table shows the AVR as a % of maximum opportunity and LTVR vesting outcomes for the CEO over the last three years.

201720182019

AVR outcome (% of maximum opportunity)63%56%48%

LTVR vesting outcome (% vested)0%0%21.8%

5.4.2 Disclosed Executive performance and VR

Performance

At the start of each year, the Board sets stretching performance objectives in the form of Divisional Performance Frameworks for each of our

Disclosed Executives, in alignment with the Group Performance Framework.

Similar to the Group Performance Framework, the Divisional Performance Frameworks include the key elements of Financial and Discipline,

Customer, and People and Culture, with Risk and Reputation acting as a modifier. The weighting of measures varies to reflect the

responsibilities of each individual’s role. The Financial and Discipline element weightings range from 20% to 45%.

1.

Variable remuneration for the CEO = AVR + LTVR.

75

At the end of the financial year, the performance of each Disclosed
Executive is assessed against their contribution to the Group

Performance Framework, their Divisional Performance Framework,

ANZ’s values (behaviours), delivery of BEAR obligations and ANZ’s risk

and compliance standards.

The HR Committee seeks input from the CEO, CRO (on risk

management), CFO (on financial performance), GE T&C (on talent

and culture matters) and GGM IA (on internal audit matters).

The HR Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval

the overall performance outcomes for each Disclosed Executive.

VR

At the end of the financial year, the CEO and HR Committee also

determine VR recommendations for each Disclosed Executive, which

are ultimately approved by the Board. VR should and does vary year-

on-year in line with performance – it is not guaranteed and may be

adjusted up or down ranging from zero to a maximum opportunity.

The average 2019 VR for Disclosed Executives is 45% of maximum

opportunity. There is significant differentiation at an individual

level ranging between 0% to 74% of maximum. The different VR

outcomes reflect the relative performance of the different areas/

individuals, ensuring appropriate alignment between performance

and reward. The outcomes also demonstrate the at risk nature of

VR, showing that VR is truly variable, and that outcomes do vary

significantly across the Disclosed Executives and also from year to

year. To illustrate we note that:

•Mark Whelan has been awarded 74% of maximum

opportunity reflecting the delivery of strong financial results

across Institutional, sound risk management, the continued

transformation of this business, and the strong focus on culture.

•Alexis George has a broad role: she is Deputy CEO and also has

responsibility for Operations and Services and Wealth Australia.

Her VR outcome of 53% of maximum opportunity was impacted

for Wealth remediation while also taking into account her strong

performance across all aspects of her role.

•Mark Hand moved into leading Australia Retail and Commercial part

way through the year. He is the right person to run this part of the

business going forward and has already led a strong program of

work to restore business momentum. However as Group Executive

he is held accountable for the weaker performance of this business

and has been awarded VR at 28% of maximum opportunity.

•David Hisco was in his role for eight and a half months of the

year, however given the circumstances of his departure, was not

awarded any VR (and he also immediately forfeited all unvested

remuneration).

•Fred Ohlsson was not eligible for 2019 VR due to being in his role

for approximately three months in 2019.

2019 VR Awarded

This table shows the combined VR awarded to Disclosed Executives

for the year ending 30 September 2019. Based on shareholder

feedback, the face value of performance rights is disclosed at full

vesting, which differs from the disclosures in previous years.

Maximum opportunity

Current Disclosed Executives

CashDeferred shares or deferred share rights

Performance rights face value at full vesting

4

D Hisco

3

VR $0

0% of max

F Ohlsson

VR n/a

Former Disclosed Executives

M Carnegie

VR $2,010,000

50% of max

=

K Corbally

1

VR $1,450,000

57% of max

=

A George

VR $2,144,000

53% of max

=

M Hand

2

VR $804,000

28% of max

=

=

$495,000$1,020,000$495,000

++

++

$478,500$478,500$493,000

++

$528,000$1,088,000$528,000

++

$408,000

M Jablko

VR $2,211,000

55% of max

=

++

$544,500$544,500$1,122,000

A Watson

2

VR $283,759

43% of max

=

+

$170,255$113,504

M Whelan

VR $3,551,000

74% of max

=

++

$874,500$874,500$1,802,000

$198,000$198,000

1.

CRO receives deferred share rights instead of performance rights.

2.

Remuneration disclosed from commencement in Disclosed Executive role. Acting Group

Executive and CEO, NZ role awarded 60% of VR as cash and 40% as deferred shares.

3.

Remuneration disclosed to date of cessation.

4.

Divide by two to convert to face value at threshold vesting for performance rights.

ffiffflfi2fiffiffffffifi

76

Remuneration Report continued

Historical Disclosed Executive VR
This table shows the VR as a % of maximum opportunity for the current and prior Disclosed Executives over the last three years.

201720182019

VR outcome (average % of maximum opportunity)64%51%45%

VR outcome (range % of maximum opportunity)51% – 91%40% – 60%0% – 74%

VR performance rights vesting outcome (% vested)0%0%21.8%

5.4.3 Performance rights outcomes (CEO and Disclosed Executives)

Performance rights granted to the CEO in December 2015 and Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO) in November 2015 reached the end

of their performance period in November 2018. Based on performance against hurdles, 21.8% of these rights vested, the remaining 78.2%

lapsed and provided no value.

HurdleGrant date

1

First date

exercisable

1

ANZ TSR

over three years/

CAGR

2

TSR

Median TSR

over three years/

CAGR

2

TSR target

% vestedOverall

performance rights

outcome

1/3 relative TSR

– Select Financial Services

comparator group

18 Nov 1518 Nov 1815.79%10.57%65.3%

21.8%

vested and

78.2% lapsed

1/3 relative TSR

– ASX 50 comparator group

18 Nov 1518 Nov 1815.79%32.16%0%

1/3 absolute CAGR2 TSR18 Nov 1518 Nov 185.01%9.00%0%

1.

Grant date for the CEO was 17 December 2015, and date first exercisable was 17 December 2018. The CEO’s performance period was the same as the performance period for Disclosed Executives.

2.

Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR).

3.

From 2016 ANZ moved from three to two TSR hurdles (the relative TSR – ASX 50 hurdle was discontinued).

5.5 ANZIP VARIABLE REMUNERATION POOL AND GROUP PERFORMANCE

5.5.1 ANZIP variable remuneration pool

The ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP) is the variable remuneration plan that covers the CEO and Disclosed Executives (and the majority of

employees). Individual variable remuneration outcomes are funded from the ANZIP pool for all eligible employees, including the CEO’s AVR

and Disclosed Executives’ VR.

At the end of each financial year, the HR Committee makes a recommendation to the Board for their approval on the size of the ANZIP variable

remuneration pool for that year, including its allocation to each Division. The Board exercise their judgement to determine the appropriate

pool size – it is not a formulaic outcome.

When determining the size of the 2019 variable remuneration pool the HR Committee and Board considered a range of inputs. These included:

•our financial performance – a range of metrics are used including cash profit, economic profit and return on risk weighted assets. Economic

profit, which is a risk adjusted measure and a strong indicator of shareholder value, is the primary financial driver but is balanced against

other financial metrics and qualitative factors.

–Solid financial performance with cash profit up 6%, while on a continuing operations basis cash profit is flat and economic profit down 1%.

•our performance against the ANZ Group Performance Framework.

–Assessed overall as being below expectations in 2019 (as detailed in section 5.5.3).

•other relevant factors such as the overall operating environment, market competitive remuneration positioning, affordability, the quality of

our results and prior year pools.

ANZ substantially reduced the size of the ANZIP pool in 2018 decreasing it by around 23% compared to the prior financial year.

In 2019, having considered all of the above inputs, the Board determined that a year-on-year increase of around 9% was appropriate, and

recognising that the pool remains 15% below that of 2017.

Board review and approve the

ANZIP variable remuneration pool

Business and individual

allocations from ANZIP

variable remuneration pool

ANZIP variable remuneration

pool recommended to the Board

for approval based on performance

and affordability

77

5.5.2 ANZ Group Performance Framework
The ANZ Group Performance Framework is approved by the Board at the start of each year and is designed around the following three key inputs:

The key objective of our Group Performance Framework is to enable aligned focus across the organisation on delivering the critical

outcomes that matter most in successful realisation of our strategy, which includes strong and sustainable performance within the year. It

plays a key role to:

•message internally what matters most;

•reinforce the importance of sound management in addition to risk, customer, people and financial outcomes; and

•inform focus of effort, prioritisation and decision outcomes across ANZ.

5.5.3 Assessment against the Group Performance Framework for 2019

As managing risk appropriately is fundamental to the way ANZ operates, Risk and Reputation forms an integral part of the assessment, directly

impacting the overall Group Performance Framework outcome (a modifier ranging from 0% to 110% of the Group Performance Assessment).

Overall, ANZ’s performance was below expectations when considering the environment and the objectives we set ourselves. While we largely

achieved the targets we set, more broadly we recognise we have much to do to regain community trust.

The below table outlines ANZ’s focus areas in 2019 (aligned to the three key inputs), and provides a summary of performance outcomes for

each of the key performance categories to inform the overall assessment for 2019. Performance against expectations is evaluated using a

range of objective indicators and subjective considerations including management input on work undertaken, evidence of outcomes realised

and lessons learned, and with consideration given to the operating, regulatory and competitive environment.

Risk & Reputation

Overall

Adjustment


ASSESSMENT:

Below Expectations

Financial & Discipline

35%

weight


ASSESSMENT:

Met Expectations

Customer

35%

weight


ASSESSMENT:

Below Expectations

People & Culture

30%

weight


ASSESSMENT:

Above Expectations

Overall

Group

Performance


ASSESSMENT:

Below Expectations

x

++

=

Creating a safe

bank with sound

risk practices

1

Achieving our

agreed annual and

longer term goals

2

Realising our

strategic vision

3

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

78

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
ANZ continues to operate in a dynamic and a challenging external and regulatory environment placing significant demands on the Risk

and Compliance function. There were no material breaches of our Group Risk Appetite Statement, and the number of adverse audits fell

by a third with management demonstrating accountability for fixing issues in a timely and sustainable manner. Strong leadership has

been paramount, coupled with a focus on seeking to regain the trust of the community through our commitment to fair and responsible

banking. A combination of management actions over several years together with the current relatively benign credit environment,

delivered one of the lowest loss rates on record. While there were many positives from a risk perspective, our overall risk assessment was

brought back to below expectations when balanced against some non-financial risk shortcomings from a regulatory, customer and

community perspective and the work that still needs to be done to regain community trust.

2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against

Expectations

Below Met Above

Adhere to the Risk

Appetite Statement

•Metrics within agreed tolerances (e.g. no material breaches).

•Disciplined risk management over several years (including reshaping the

loan portfolio often at the expense of revenue), saw the 2019 loss rate at

13 bps.

Adopt a sound approach

to regulatory matters

•ANZ continued to work to support our regulators desired outcomes in their

activities and addressing their requirements, however there were some

shortcomings in 2019:

–Two material regulatory infractions in NZ in relation to capital models

and attestation process.

–Along with domestic peers an additional capital overlay required for

operational risk following APRA’s self-assessment into governance,

culture and accountability.

Ensure our leaders

demonstrate

accountability for

managing risk, including

creating an environment

where people can

raise issues

•Strong progress made on risk culture maturity, evidenced in employee

engagement scores, with ‘Leaders accountable for risk’ (83%) –

improvement on 2018 and above 2019 target, and ‘Raise issues without

fear of reprisal’ (69%) – also up on 2018.

Quickly and effectively

remediate individual and

systemic customer issues

•While remediation focused on strategic and long-term fixes (systems,

terms and conditions and product decommissioning), short-term fixes

included refunding greater than 1 million accounts. In 2019, we returned

approximately $108 million to impacted customers.

•Dispute Resolution Principles launched in 2019.

•Continued efforts still required to improve customer complaints and

remediation processes.

Identify and address

community priorities

•ANZ was the first bank to make Royal Commission commitments and has

retained high scores in a number of indices:

–Corporate Confidence Index (CCI)

1

: Score above peer average

–Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI)

2

: 2019 score of 82 (2018: 83). ANZ

returned to global top ten (#10 overall)

–Glassdoor

3

employer of choice ratings: score of 3.9 represents a

0.4 uplift on prior period (Glassdoor average 3.4)

•Our Reptrak community sentiment indicator improved over the 12

months to 58.8 but remains well below pre Royal Commission levels.

•Regaining the trust of the community, government and other key

stakeholders remains a major focus – which includes working to deliver

more consistent outcomes in credit approval processes, and providing

clarity to customers regarding ANZ’s risk tolerance.

Risk & Reputation overall: Below Expectations

Risk & Reputation (modifier 0% to 110%)

79

RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
We are committed to improving the customer experience, as highlighted by the implementation of 16 initiatives in Australia in response

to the Royal Commission. There were however some challenges during the year which led to a below expectations assessment. These

included some technology stability issues, and a period of underperformance in respect of assessment and approval times relative to

peers in home lending. Institutional performance in key customer satisfaction/relationship strength surveys continued to be a highlight,

along with strong digital engagement with customers.

2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against

Expectations

Below Met Above

Improve customer

experience (key impact

to customer assessment

outcome)

•Examples of initiatives to improve the customer experience include:

in Australia introducing Customer Promises to improve service, and

organising our people around customer episodes; in NZ launching the

Healthy Homes initiative and helping customers with persistent card debt.

•A period of below peer approval and assessment times in Australian home

lending (an outcome of a higher level of change, including enhanced

assessment criteria and delays in moving to a single assessment platform).

Listen, Learn, Act to drive

continuous improvement

•Net Promoter Score (NPS)

4

centred on key onboarding episodes. Results

were mixed with improvement in retail transaction accounts, business

lending and business transaction accounts. Down in NZ.

•ANZ ranked the #1 lead institutional bank by Peter Lee Associates

5

for the

fourth year and #1 for relationship strength for the sixth year. Institutional

recorded strongest results ever with leadership positions obtained for

the majority of key indicators including overall satisfaction, and most

trusted adviser.

Delivering innovative

solutions

•Single view of customer now available in Retail and Commercial

in Australia and improved customer insights within the business

customer space.

•ANZ’s New Payments Platform (NPP) solution is being used as a white

label offering by 10 other banks.

•In line with our objective of delivering digital solutions that improve the

customer experience, digital purchases increased (28% vs 24% target) and

NZ #1 for being a ‘Leader in Mobile Banking’.

•We have invested in Machine Learning in our Institutional Trade business

leading to significant improvements in processing times and risk controls.

Help our people to make

wise customer focused

choices every day

•More than 1 million customers contacted to help them get better value

from their banking products.

•16 initiatives implemented to improve the treatment of customers in

Australia. These included new dispute resolution principles to ensure

customer complaints and disputes are handled reasonably and fairly.

Customer overall: Below Expectations

Customer (35% weight)

2019 Rem9200u2n9ratiro

80

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

A number of highlights contributed to an above expectations assessment including: strengthening our Accountability and Consequence
Framework, evolving our approach to measurement and governance of culture initiatives, redesigning and launching changes to how

we manage and reward our people, solid progress in the investment in key skills for our future, launch of a digital learning platform, and a

record level engagement survey result.

2019 focus areasPerformance commentaryPerformance against

Expectations

Below MetAbove

Engaging our people

and diversifying our

workforce

•Overall engagement score increased to 77% (up 4% from 2018), with

improvements also seen in key measures, such as leaders role modelling

our values (73% up 2% from 2018).

•Women in leadership increased to 32.5% (against a 33.1% target). Positive

progress was made in Technology (up 3.3% from 2018) and Institutional

(up 3.2% from 2018), two of our most challenging areas historically.

•Maintained a high score (>90%) of an environment that is open and

accepting of individual differences.

Strengthen governance

and accountability for

culture, including an

effective Accountability

and Consequence

Framework

•The Accountability and Governance Model for Culture evolved to

provide greater clarity and transparency on accountabilities, and

improved measurement.

•Continued strengthening of our Accountability and Consequence

Framework.

Improve leader capability

•Continued focus on building leader capability through initiatives such

as the 180 leadership survey.

•Leadership Promotor Scores improved from 20 in 2018 to 24 and then

28 over the course of 2019.

Implement

Reimagining Reward

•ANZ redesigned and launched changes to how we manage and reward

our people to better focus on the interests of our customers, the long-

term health of the bank, and team rather than individual outcomes.

Strengthen strategic

capabilities

•Invested in technology engineering and data capability (>350 roles now

dedicated to data analysis and science).

•Launched a digital learning platform.

People & Culture overall: Above Expectations

People & Culture (30% weight)

81

RISK & REPUTATION (MODIFIER 0% TO 110%)
The operating environment remains challenging, due to competitive pressures and economic conditions. ANZ was well prepared for

these difficult conditions, maintaining a strong balance sheet, peer leading levels of capital, demonstrating good cost management

despite higher regulatory and compliance spend, and further improvements in our credit risk profile. At no time did the bank deviate

from its strategy or risk appetite to seek higher revenues. Divestments during the year again reduced the complexity of the Group.

Ongoing work to identify customers in need of remediation led to further remediation charges, which impacted financial performance.

2019 focus areasPerformance commentary

Performance against

Expectations

Below Met Above

Balance appropriately

between financial results,

safety and soundness,

and investment in

the future

•Return on equity (ROE) (cash continuing) of 10.9% was on target, noting

the difficult operating environment.

•Operating expenses were down 4%. Excluding the impact of large/

notable items

6

, costs remained flat despite increased investment in the

business and higher compliance spend.

•Capital and funding continue to be well managed. A$3 billion share

buyback was completed during the year enabling cash earnings per

share (EPS) growth and CET1 of 11.4% was above minimum regulatory

requirements. Net Stable Funding Ratio of 116%.

•The completion of divestments during the year further reduced the

complexity of the Group (e.g. OnePath sale to Zurich, OnePath NZ to

Cigna, sale of businesses in Cambodia and Papua New Guinea).

Establish a framework

and governance structure

with agreed outcomes,

and start to execute on

simplification

•Simplification framework and governance structures were established

during the year, and planning commenced across all businesses to

progress our simplification ambition – which is centred on delivering

better customer and employee experience, while lowering operational

risk and reducing the cost to serve.

Simplify and standardise

our technology landscape

in support of our

ambitions

•Significant increase in usage of Technology Platforms across Automation,

Data and Payments (e.g. NPP) resulting in enhanced customer insights,

and improved service delivery from a single view of the customer in

Australia Retail and Commercial.

•Machine Learning as a service platform launched. Benefits include a 40%

improvement in customer service level agreements for Trade Guarantees.

Make reasonable steps

towards the separation

of Wealth

•During the year, the legal separation of the Pensions and Investments

business from the life insurance business was completed. Following this,

the sale of the Australian life insurance business to Zurich was completed.

•ANZ and IOOF continue to work towards the sale of the Pensions and

Investments business. Subject to APRA approval, ANZ expects the

transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020.

•Separation activities continue for both businesses.

Financial & Discipline overall: Met Expectations

Group Performance assessment: Below Expectations

1.

Corporate Confidence Index (CCI): Outcomes of the CCI are provided to ANZ on a confidential basis.

2.

Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI): Evaluates the sustainability performance of thousands of companies trading publicly, operated under a strategic partnership between S&P Dow Jones

Indices and RobecoSAM (Sustainable Asset Management).

3.

Glassdoor is a website where employees and former employees anonymously review companies and their management.

4.

Net Promoter Score (NPS) is a customer loyalty metric used globally to evaluate a company’s brand, products or services. Net Promoter® and NPS® are registered trademarks and Net Promoter

Score and Net Promoter System are trademarks of Bain & Company, Satmetrix Systems and Fred Reichheld.

5.

Peter Lee Associates 2019 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, Australia and NZ.

6.

Large/notable items include the impact of divestments, customer remediation, accelerated software amortisation, Royal Commission legal costs and restructuring.

Financial & Discipline (35% weight)

Overall

2019 Rem9200u2n9ratiro

82

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

5.5.3 ANZ performance outcomes
ANZ’s financial performance 2015 – 2019

As discussed in section 5.5.1, the sizing of the ANZIP variable remuneration pool takes into account a range of financial metrics, including

economic profit and cash profit. The Group uses cash profit as a measure of performance for the Group’s ongoing business activities, as this

provides a basis to assess Group and Divisional performance against earlier periods and against peer institutions. We calculate cash profit by

adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. Although cash profit is not audited, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that

recurring adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

The table below provides ANZ’s financial performance, including cash profit, over the last five years.

20152016201720182019

Statutory profit ($m)7,4935,7096,4066,4005,953

Cash profit ($m, unaudited)7,2165,8896,9385,8056,161

Cash profit – Continuing operations ($m, unaudited)

1

7,2165,8896,8096,4876,470

Cash ROE (%) – Continuing operations (unaudited)

1

14.010.311.711.010.9

Cash EPS – Continuing operations (unaudited)

1

260.3202.6232.7223.4227.6

Share price at 30 September ($) (On 1 October 2014, opening share price was $30.74)27.0827.6329.6028.1828.52

Total dividend (cents per share)181160160160160

Total shareholder return (12 month %)(7.5)9.213.10.69.2

1.

Cash profit from continuing operations has been presented for 2017, 2018 and 2019. Prior periods are not restated. Cash profit from continuing operations represents the Group’s cash profit

excluding the impact of our discontinued businesses, which consist of OnePath Pensions and Investments and aligned dealer groups, and the Group’s life insurance business in Australia.

The businesses were reclassified to discontinuing in 2018, and only the 2017 result was restated in the table above. During 2019, the Group adopted AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with

Customers and only 2018 has been restated.

ANZ TSR performance (1 to 10 years)

The table below compares ANZ’s TSR performance against the median TSR and upper quartile TSR of the performance rights Select Financial

Services (SFS) comparator group over one to ten years. ANZ’s TSR performance was below the median TSR of the SFS Comparator Group when

comparing over one, three, five and ten years to 30 September 2019, noting that the below table measures TSR over a different timeframe to

the performance period for our performance rights.

YEARS TO 30 SEPTEMBER 2019

13

1

510

ANZ (%)9.222.321.6109.8

Median TSR SFS (%)14.231.231.8134.0

Upper quartile TSR SFS (%)15.737.040.2180.9

1.

The outcomes for performance rights granted in November/December 2015 and tested in November 2018 are detailed in section 5.4.3.

6. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE AND DELIVERY

There are two core components of remuneration at ANZ – fixed

remuneration and at risk variable remuneration.

In structuring remuneration, the Board aims to find the right balance

between fixed and variable remuneration (at risk), the way it is

delivered (cash versus deferred remuneration) and appropriate

time frames (the short, medium and long-term).

The way variable remuneration operates differs somewhat between

the CEO and Disclosed Executives. Namely:

•The CEO’s variable remuneration is comprised of AVR and LTVR

(subject to shareholder approval), which provides consistency

with external market practice, and LTVR reinforces his focus

on achieving longer term strategic objectives and long-term

stakeholder value creation.

•Disclosed Executives are subject to one combined VR plan which

enables us to:

–provide the appropriate mix of short and long-term rewards

(including performance hurdles) to drive performance, and

attract and retain talent;

–tie the full VR award to the performance of ANZ; and

–defer VR over the short, medium and longer term.

Variable remuneration seeks to differentiate for performance and is

designed to focus our CEO and Disclosed Executives on stretching

performance objectives supporting our business strategy, and

encourage the delivery of long-term stakeholder value.

By deferring a significant portion of variable remuneration (79% of

maximum opportunity for the CEO, 75% for Disclosed Executives, 67%

for the CRO and 40% for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ),

we seek to ensure alignment with shareholder interests to deliver on

ANZ’s strategic objectives and ensure a focus on long-term value creation.

Deferred variable remuneration has significant retention elements,

and most importantly, can be adjusted downwards, including to zero,

allowing the Board to hold executives accountable, individually or

collectively, for the longer term impacts of their decisions and actions.

Board discretion is applied when determining all CEO and Disclosed

Executive variable remuneration outcomes, and also before any

scheduled release of previously deferred remuneration (i.e. consider

malus or further deferral).

83

CRO
To preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any

conflicts of interest in carrying out the risk control function across

the organisation, the CRO’s remuneration arrangements differ to

other Disclosed Executives.

The remuneration mix is 27% fixed remuneration and 73% VR

maximum opportunity. The VR target opportunity is 180% of fixed

remuneration and VR maximum opportunity is 270% of fixed

remuneration. VR is delivered as 33% cash, 33% deferred shares and

34% deferred share rights (instead of performance rights).

Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ

Due to the acting nature of Antonia Watson’s appointment her

remuneration arrangements differ to other Disclosed Executives.

For the time spent in this acting role, her fixed remuneration has

been set at NZ$800,000 per annum (from 17 June 2019) and

her VR maximum opportunity has been increased to 300% of

fixed remuneration (her remuneration mix is therefore 25% fixed

remuneration and 75% VR maximum opportunity). Her VR will be

delivered as 60% cash and 40% as shares deferred for four years

(ensuring compliance with the BEAR).

Disclosed Executive

1

Minimum = Fixed remuneration

Target = Fixed remuneration + target VR (200% of fixed remuneration (performance rights face value at threshold vesting))

Maximum = Fixed remuneration + maximum VR (402% of fixed remuneration (150% of target VR and performance rights face value to full vesting))

Fixed remuneration

VR cash

VR deferred shares

VR performance rights

100%

33%

22%22%

23%

20%20%20%40%

Minimum opportunity

Maximum opportunity

Target opportunity

6.1 REMUNERATION MIX

We structure the CEO and Disclosed Executives’ remuneration as follows:

CEO

Minimum = Fixed remuneration ($2.1 million)

Target = Fixed remuneration + target AVR (100% of fixed remuneration) + target LTVR (100% of fixed remuneration

(performance rights face value at threshold vesting))

Maximum = Fixed remuneration + maximum AVR (150% of fixed remuneration) + maximum LTVR

(200% of fixed remuneration (performance rights face value to full vesting))

Fixed remuneration

AVR cash

AVR deferred shares

LTVR performance rights

100%

33%

17%17%33%$6.3 million

$2.1 million

22%17%17%44%

$9.45 million

Minimum opportunity

Maximum opportunity

Target opportunity

1.

Excluding CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

84

Remuneration Report continued

6.2.1 Cash – CEO (AVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR)
The cash component is paid to executives at the end of the annual Performance and Remuneration Review (usually in late November).

6.2.2 Deferred shares – CEO (AVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR)

Deferred shares are ordinary shares, deferred over one to four years (deferred for four years for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ).

By deferring part of an executives’ remuneration over time (and it remaining subject to malus), we enable a substantial amount of their

remuneration to be directly linked to delivering long-term shareholder value. We grant deferred shares in respect of performance for the

1 October to 30 September financial year in late November each year.

We calculate the number of deferred shares to be granted based on the VWAP of the shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to

and including the date of grant. For disclosure and expensing purposes, we use the one day VWAP to determine the fair value.

In some cases (generally due to regulatory or tax reasons), we may grant deferred share rights to executives instead of deferred shares.

Each deferred share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share.

6.2.3a Performance rights – CEO (LTVR) and Disclosed Executives (VR) excluding the CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ

A performance right is a right to acquire one ordinary ANZ share at nil cost – as long as time and performance hurdles are met. The future

value of performance rights may range from zero to an indeterminate value. The value depends on our performance against the hurdles and

on the share price at the time of exercise.

1 Oct 2018

30 Sep 2019

Nov 2019

Nov 2020

Nov 2021

Nov 2022

Nov 2023

Fixed remuneration

ANZ

financial year

Deferred shares

1

(AVR/VR)

Variable remuneration paid/allocated

Cash

(AVR/VR)

Vesting is subject to

meeting TSR performance

hurdles at end of year 4

40% vesting at

the end of year 1

30% vesting at

the end of year 2

20% vesting at

the end of year 3

Performance

rights

2


(LTVR/VR)

10% vesting at

the end of year 4

1.

Deferred shares for the CRO vest as follows: 30% at the end of years 1 and 2, and 20% at the end of years 3 and 4. Deferred shares for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ vest as follows:

100% at the end of year 4.

2.

Deferred share rights for the CRO. No performance rights for the Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

6.2. VARIABLE REMUNERATION DELIVERY

Variable remuneration for the CEO and the Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO and Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ) is delivered

partly in cash, shares deferred over four years, and performance rights deferred over four years. The performance rights are also subject to

performance hurdles which determine whether they vest in four years’ time.

Before any scheduled release of deferred shares/deferred share rights/performance rights, the Board considers whether any malus/downward

adjustment of previously deferred remuneration (or further deferral of vesting) should be made for the CEO and Disclosed Executives. See

section 6.3.

85

The performance rights have a four-year performance period. For the 2019 grant, the performance period is from 22 November 2019 to
21 November 2023. A four-year performance period provides sufficient time for longer term performance to be reflected.

More detail relating to the 2019 performance rights is provided below.

ElementDetail

Performance

rights hurdles

The performance rights have TSR performance hurdles reflecting the importance of focusing on achieving longer term

strategic objectives and aligning executives’ and shareholders’ interests. We will apply two TSR performance hurdles for the

2019 grants of performance rights:

•75% will be measured against a relative TSR hurdle, tranche 1.

•25% will be measured against an absolute TSR hurdle, tranche 2.

TSR represents the change in value of a share plus the value of reinvested dividends paid. We regard it as the most

appropriate long-term measure – it focuses on the delivery of shareholder value and is a well understood and tested

mechanism to measure performance.

The combination of relative and absolute TSR hurdles provides balance to the plan by:

•Relative: rewarding executives for performance that exceeds that of comparator companies; and

•Absolute: ensuring there is a continued focus on providing positive growth – even when the market is declining.

The two hurdles measure separate aspects of performance:

•the relative TSR hurdle measures our TSR compared to that of the Select Financial Services comparator group, made up

of core local and global competitors. This comparator group is chosen to broadly reflect the geographies and business

segments in which ANZ competes for revenue; and

•the absolute Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) TSR hurdle provides executives with a more direct line of sight to

the level of shareholder return to be achieved. It also provides a tighter correlation between the executives’ rewards and

the shareholders’ financial outcomes.

We will measure ANZ’s TSR against each hurdle at the end of the four-year performance period to determine whether

each tranche of performance rights become exercisable. We measure each tranche independently from the other – that

is: one tranche may vest fully or partially but the other tranche may not vest.

Relative TSR

hurdle for the

2019 grant

The relative TSR hurdle is an external hurdle that measures our TSR against that of the Select Financial Services comparator

group over four years. The Select Financial Services comparator group (unchanged from prior years) is made up of: Bank

of Queensland Limited; Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited; Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited; DBS Bank Limited;

Macquarie Group Limited; National Australia Bank Limited; Standard Chartered PLC; Suncorp Group Limited; and Westpac

Banking Corporation.

If our TSR when compared to the TSR

of the comparator group

then the percentage of performance rights that vest

is less than the 50

th

percentileis nil

reaches at least the 50

th

percentile,

but is less than the 75

th

percentile

is 50% plus 2% for every one percentile increase above the

50

th

percentile

reaches or exceeds the 75

th

percentileis 100%

Absolute TSR

hurdle for the

2019 grant

The Absolute CAGR TSR hurdle is an internal hurdle as to whether ANZ achieves or exceeds a threshold level of growth the

Board sets at the start of the performance period.

The Board reviews and approves the absolute TSR targets each year for that year’s award. When reviewing the targets, the

Board references ANZ’s assessed Cost of Capital. The Cost of Capital is determined using methodologies including the

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). The primary driver of the reduction in the Cost of Capital used in setting this year’s

target is the reduction in the risk free rate (government bond yield) that has occurred in Australia and other developed

economies in the last 12 months.

If the absolute CAGR of our TSRthen the percentage of performance rights that vest

is less than 8.5%is nil

is 8.5%is 50%

reaches at least 8.5%, but is less than 12.75%is progressively increased on a pro-rata, straight-line, basis

from 50% to 100%

reaches or exceeds 12.75%is 100%

ffiffflfi2fiffiffffffifi

86

Remuneration Report continued

Calculating
TSR

performance

When calculating performance against TSR, we:

•reduce the impact of share price volatility – by using an averaging calculation over a 90-day period for start

and end values;

•ensure an independent measurement – by engaging the services of an external organisation, Mercer Consulting

(Australia) Pty Ltd, to calculate ANZ’s performance against the TSR hurdles; and

•test the performance against the relevant hurdle once only at the end of the four-year performance period – the

rights lapse if the performance hurdle is not met – there is no retesting.

Calculating

the number of

performance

rights

The number of performance rights we grant is calculated using a face value basis – i.e. the full share price. Face value

at full vesting is split into two tranches. Each tranche value is then divided by the market price (five trading day VWAP

of ANZ shares at the start of the performance period) to determine the number of performance rights we award in

each tranche.

Performance rights are allocated in November for Disclosed Executives and December for the CEO (subject to

shareholder approval).

Expensing

performance

rights

ANZ engages PricewaterhouseCoopers to independently determine the fair value of performance rights, which is only

used for expensing purposes. They consider factors including: the performance conditions, share price volatility, life of

the instrument, dividend yield, and share price at grant date.

6.2.3b Deferred share rights – CRO (VR)

The CRO receives deferred share rights instead of performance rights to preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any conflicts

of interest in carrying out the risk control function across the organisation.

The CRO’s deferred share rights are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of four years. The value the Board uses to determine the number of

deferred share rights to be allocated to the CRO is the face value of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX at the time of grant (five trading

day VWAP).

6.3 MALUS (DOWNWARD ADJUSTMENT OF PREVIOUSLY DEFERRED REMUNERATION) – BOARD DISCRETION

All deferred remuneration we award to an employee is subject to ANZ’s on-going and absolute discretion to adjust this downward (malus)

(including to zero) at any time.

ANZ may exercise this discretion, for example, where:

•there is a need to protect the financial soundness of ANZ or to meet regulatory requirements or there has been a material failure of risk

management or controls within ANZ;

•the employee has acted fraudulently or dishonestly, failed to act with due care, skill and diligence, or failed to comply with ANZ policies

(including the Code of Conduct), processes or directions;

•the employee is responsible or accountable, directly or indirectly, by virtue of their role or seniority for an occurrence/event which has had

an adverse impact on ANZ;

•there has been misconduct and the employee was involved directly or indirectly, failed to take adequate steps, could be considered

responsible due to their seniority, or the decision to award or grant the deferred remuneration was made on the basis of misinformation.

Further, where the CEO and/or Disclosed Executives of ANZ have failed to comply with their accountability obligations under the BEAR, their

deferred remuneration will be reduced by an amount that is proportionate to the failure, as required by the BEAR.

An employee’s deferred remuneration is also subject to ANZ’s on-going and absolute discretion to further defer the vesting. Where ANZ

exercises this discretion, the vesting date is postponed and will not vest unless and until ANZ determines it should vest.

Before any scheduled release of deferred remuneration, the Board (for the CEO and Disclosed Executives) and/or the CRG (for other

employees) considers whether malus/downward adjustment or further deferral should be applied.

87

7. ACCOUNTABILITY AND CONSEQUENCE FRAMEWORK
This year we further strengthened the way we deal with material

risk events through an enhanced Accountability and Consequence

Framework.

The Consequence Review Group (CRG) is chaired by the CEO and

members include the CRO, CFO, GE T&C and GGM IA. The CRG

oversees the implementation and ongoing effectiveness of ANZ’s

Accountability and Consequence Framework, being cognisant of

its impact on the culture of ANZ. The CRG reviews material events,

accountability and the application of suitable consequences (the HR

Committee and Board determine accountability and consequences

for the CEO and Disclosed Executives). Appropriate consequences

are determined in light of the severity of the issue and may include,

for example, one or more of the following: coaching, counselling,

formal warnings, impacts to performance and remuneration

outcomes, impacts on promotion, application of malus and ultimately

termination of employment for the most serious issues. Our ongoing

focus on accountability, consequences and driving a strong risk

culture supports our customer commitment that when things go

wrong, we fix them quickly and consistently hold executives, current

(and former where we can), to account where appropriate.

We also seek to support a strong ‘speak up’ culture and ensure

managers recognise exemplary risk and audit behaviours. The focus

on speak up is being supported through our New Ways of Leading

(NWOL) that are aligned with our purpose and values. NWOL

focuses on five behaviours relevant for all employees and imperative

for people leaders: be curious, create shared clarity, empower

people, connect with empathy and grow people selflessly. We are

incorporating culture into leader-led team activities to facilitate

open, purposeful conversations about our culture and practices and

create a psychologically safe environment for employees to speak

up. We continue to raise employee awareness of, and promote

the various ways that employees can speak up including through

initiatives such as the Whistleblower Awareness Week.

Where employees role model the ANZ values and exemplary risk

management we also seek to recognise and reward this, including

through our annual Performance and Remuneration Review.

In 2019 across the Group, 151 employees were

terminated for breaches of our Code of Conduct. A further 516

employees received a formal disciplinary outcome, with managers

required to apply impacts to their performance and remuneration

outcomes as part of the annual review process.

ANZ announced in June 2019 that David Hisco would depart ANZ.

The Board noted their concerns regarding the characterisation

of certain transactions following an internal review of personal

expenses. This was a clear and public example of the application

of meaningful consequences. David’s employment was ceased, he

was awarded no variable remuneration for 2019 and he immediately

forfeited all unvested deferred remuneration which totalled around

$7.4 million. This provided a clear message both internally and

externally of the importance of doing the right thing and that this is

expected of all our people regardless of seniority.

No malus was applied to the previously deferred remuneration of

the CEO and Disclosed Executives during 2019. As disclosed in 2018

malus (downward adjustment) was applied to the unvested equity

held by former Disclosed Executives.

At the senior leadership level, 30 current or former senior

leaders (senior executives, executives and senior managers) had

consequences applied in 2019 for Code of Conduct breaches or

findings of accountability for a material event, or otherwise left the

bank after an investigation had been initiated. The 30 employees

represent ~1% of the senior leader population. The consequences

applied included warnings, impacts to performance and/or

remuneration outcomes and cessation of employment.

SENIOR LEADER CONSEQUENCES IN 2019

1

Performance and remuneration consequence23

Formal warnings12

No longer employed7

1.

Individuals are included under all categories that are relevant meaning one individual

may be reflected in multiple categories.

8. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (NED) REMUNERATION

8.1 REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

The Board reviewed NED fees for 2019 and determined once again not to increase their fees (which remain unchanged from 2016).

As disclosed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the NEDs who served on the Board in 2018 agreed to a 20% reduction of their Board fee for

2019 (20% reduction to the Chairman fee from $825,000 to $660,000, and 20% reduction to the NED member fee from $240,000 to $192,000)

as a consequence for the shared accountability for the failures highlighted by the Royal Commission.

NEDs receive a base fee for being a Director of the Board, and additional fees for either chairing, or being a member of a Board Committee.

The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Committee.

In setting Board and Committee fees, the Board considers: general industry practice, corporate governance principles, the responsibilities and

risks attached to the NED role, the time commitment expected of NEDs on Group and Company matters, and fees paid to NEDs of comparable

companies.

ANZ compares NED fees to a comparator group of Australian listed companies with a similar market capitalisation, with particular focus

on the major financial services institutions. This is considered an appropriate group, given similarity in size, nature of work and time

commitment by NEDs.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

88

Remuneration Report continued

To maintain NED independence and impartiality:
•NED fees are not linked to the performance of the Group; and

•NEDs are not eligible to participate in any of the Group’s variable remuneration arrangements.

The current aggregate fee pool for NEDs of $4 million was approved by shareholders at the 2012 AGM. The annual total of NEDs’ fees, including

superannuation contributions, is within this agreed limit.

This table shows the NED fee policy structure for 2019:

Board

1, 2

Board

fee after

reduction

1, 2

Audit

Committee

Risk

Committee

HR

Committee

Digital Business

& Technology

Committee

Ethics, Environment,

Social & Governance

Committee

Chair fee$825,000$660,000$65,000$62,000$57,000$35,000$35,000

Member fee$240,000$192,000$32,500$31,000$29,000$15,000$15,000

1.

Including superannuation.

2.

The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Committee.

NED shareholding guidelines

We expect our NEDs to hold ANZ shares. NEDs are required:

•to accumulate shares – over a five-year period from their appointment – to the value of 100% (200% for the Chairman) of the NED member

fee; and

•to maintain this shareholding while they are a Director of ANZ.

All NEDs have met or, if appointed within the last five years, are on track to meet their minimum shareholding requirement.

8.2 2019 STATUTORY REMUNERATION - NEDS

SHORT-TERM NED BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT

Financial

year

Fees

1


$

Non monetary

benefits

$

Super

contributions

1

$

Total

remuneration

2

$

Current Non-Executive Directors

D Gonski

2019 639,351 - 20,649 660,000

2018 804,831 - 20,169 825,000

I Atlas

2019 275,851 - 20,649 296,500

2018 324,331 - 20,169 344,500

P Dwyer

2019 296,351 - 20,649 317,000

2018 344,831 - 20,169 365,000

J Halton

2019 246,058 - 20,649 266,707

2018 277,567 - 20,169 297,736

J Key

3

2019 229,131 - 20,649 249,780

2018 148,546 - 11,996 160,542

G Liebelt

2019 294,851 - 20,649 315,500

2018 345,858 - 20,169 366,027

J Macfarlane

2019 249,851 - 20,649 270,500

2018 298,331 - 20,169 318,500

Former Non-Executive Director

H Lee

4

2019 57,258 4,832 5,133 67,223

2018 314,831 - 20,169 335,000

Total of all Non-Executive Directors

2019 2,288,702 4,832 149,676 2,443,210

2018 2,859,126 - 153,179 3,012,305

1.

Year-on-year differences in fees relate to the 20% reduction to the Chairman fee and the NED member fees in 2019, changes in Committee memberships and changes to the superannuation

Maximum Contribution Base.

2.

Long-term benefits and share-based payments do not apply for the NEDs.

3.

J Key commenced as a NED for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) on 28 February 2018, so 2018 remuneration reflects a partial service year. In addition for 2018, in

relation to his Non-Executive Directorship from 18 October 2017 for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, J Key also received a total of NZD 302,925 as a NED until 31 December 2017 and from

1 January 2018 as Chairman. In 2019, J Key also received a total of NZD 382,950 as Chairman for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.

4.

H Lee retired as a NED on 19 December 2018, so 2019 remuneration reflects partial service year up to his date of retirement. Non monetary benefits relate to gifts on retirement including

Fringe Benefits Tax.

89

9. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
9.1 THE HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) COMMITTEE

9.1.1 Role of the HR Committee

The HR Committee supports the Board on remuneration and other

HR matters. It reviews the remuneration policies and practices

of the Group, and monitors market practice and regulatory and

compliance requirements in Australia and overseas.

The HR Committee has a strong focus on the relationship between

business performance, risk management and remuneration,

aligned with our business strategy. The chairs of the Risk and Audit

Committees are members of the HR Committee and often the full

Board is in attendance for specific HR Committee meetings. During

the year the HR Committee met on six occasions and reviewed

and approved, or made recommendations to the Board on matters

including:

•remuneration for the CEO and other key executives (broader

than those disclosed in the Remuneration Report) covered by the

ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and ANZ NZ Remuneration Policy,

and fees for the NEDs;

•the design of significant variable remuneration plans – for

example: the ANZIP – and the progress of the implementation of

changes in Divisional Business Unit Incentive Plans in response

to the industry-wide Retail Remuneration Review by Stephen

Sedgwick AO;

•the design and implementation of Reimagining Reward – an

organisational-wide change to our approach to remuneration,

performance management and recognition, which supports

positive risk culture and includes the redesign of how we manage

and reward our people to better focus on the interests of our

customers, and the long-term health of our bank and team, rather

than individual outcomes;

•the ANZ Group Performance Framework (annual objectives

setting and assessment) and annual variable remuneration spend;

•performance and reward outcomes for key senior executives,

including the consideration of malus/downward adjustment;

•key senior executive appointments and terminations;

•the effectiveness of the ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and

changes to the policy to incorporate the BEAR requirements;

•succession plans for key senior executives;

•culture and governance including endorsing a new culture

accountability model and the strengthened Accountability and

Consequence Framework; and

•diversity, inclusion, and employee engagement.

More details about the role of the HR Committee, including

its Charter, can be found on our website. Go to anz.com > Our

company > Strong governance framework > ANZ Human Resources

Committee Charter.

9.1.2 Link between remuneration and risk

To further reflect the importance of the link between

remuneration and risk:

•the Board had two NEDs (in addition to the Chairman) in 2019

who served on both the HR Committee and the Risk Committee;

and

•the HR Committee has free and unfettered access to risk

and financial control personnel (the CRO and CFO attend HR

Committee meetings for specific agenda items).

9.1.3 External advisors provided information but not

recommendations

The HR Committee can engage independent external advisors as

needed.

Throughout the year, the HR Committee and management received

information from the following external providers: Aon, Ashurst,

EY, Mercer Consulting (Australia) Pty Ltd, Morrow Sodali and

PricewaterhouseCoopers. This information related to market data,

market practices, legislative requirements and the interpretation of

governance and regulatory requirements.

During the year, ANZ did not receive any remuneration

recommendations from external consultants about the

remuneration of KMP.

ANZ employs in-house remuneration professionals who provide

recommendations to the HR Committee and the Board. The Board

made its decisions independently, using the information provided and

with careful regard to ANZ’s strategic objectives, purpose and values,

risk appetite and the ANZBGL Remuneration Policy and Principles.

9.2 INTERNAL GOVERNANCE

9.2.1 Hedging prohibition

All deferred equity must remain at risk until it has fully vested.

Accordingly, executives and their associated persons must not enter

into any schemes that specifically protect the unvested value of

equity allocated. If they do so, then they forfeit the relevant equity.

9.2.2 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ shareholding guidelines

We expect the CEO and each Disclosed Executive to, over a

five-year period:

•accumulate ANZ shares to the value of 200% of their fixed

remuneration; and

•maintain this shareholding level while they are an executive of ANZ.

For this purpose, shareholdings include all vested and unvested

equity that is not subject to performance hurdles. Based on

equity holdings as at 30 September 2019, the CEO and all

Disclosed Executives:

•who have been with us for at least five years, meet this

requirement; and

•who have been with us for less than five years, are on track to

meet it.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

90

Remuneration Report continued

9.2.3 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ contract terms and equity treatment
The details of the contract terms and also the equity treatment on termination (in accordance with the Conditions of Grant) relating to the

CEO and Disclosed Executives are below. Although they are similar, they vary in some cases to suit different circumstances.

Type of contract

Permanent ongoing employment contract.

Notice on resignation

•12 months by CEO;

•6 months by Disclosed Executives;

•3 months by Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

Notice on termination

by ANZ

•12 months by ANZ for CEO and Disclosed Executives;

•3 months by ANZ for Acting Group Executive and CEO, NZ.

However, ANZ may immediately terminate an individual’s employment at any time in the case of serious

misconduct. In that case, the individual will be entitled only to payment of fixed remuneration up to the

date of their termination and their statutory entitlements.

How unvested equity is

treated on leaving ANZ

Executives who resign or are terminated will forfeit all their unvested deferred equity – unless the Board

determines otherwise.

If an executive is terminated due to redundancy or they are classified as a ‘good leaver’, then:

•their deferred shares/share rights are released at the original vesting date; and

•their performance rights

1

are prorated for service to the full notice termination date and released at the

original vesting date (to the extent that the performance hurdles are met).

On an executive’s death or total and permanent disablement, their deferred equity vests.

Unvested equity remains subject to malus post termination.

Change of control

(applies to the CEO only)

If a change of control or other similar event occurs, then we will test the performance conditions applying

to the CEO’s performance rights. They will vest to the extent that the performance conditions are satisfied.

1.

Or deferred share rights granted to the CRO instead of performance rights.

91

SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT
LONG-TERM

EMPLOYEE

BENEFITSSHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

7

Total amortisation value of

Variable

remuneration

Other equity

allocations

4


Cash salary

1

$


Non monetary

benefits

2

$


Total cash

incentive

3

$


Other cash

4

$

Super

contributions

5

$

Financial

year

Retirement

benefit accrued

during year

6

$

Long service leave

accrued during

the year

$

Shares

$

Share rights

$

Performance

rights

$

Shares

$

Termination

benefits

8

$

Total

remuneration

$

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

2019 2,079,351 19,383 750,000 - 20,649 - 31,819 830,753 - 1,449,384 - - 5,181,339

2018 2,079,831 17,321 875,000- 20,169

-

31,819 1,023,295 -

1,597,860 - - 5,645,295

M Carnegie

9

2019 979,351 32,221 495,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 470,209 - 344,501-- 2,357,583

2018 979,831 29,254 528,000 - 20,669 - 15,152 366,123 - 282,708 353,951 - 2,575,688

K Corbally

10

2019 929,351 16,633 478,500 - 20,649- 29,179 340,108 171,583 35,455 194,492 - 2,215,950

2018 472,582 6,383 164,835 - 10,145 - 24,255 172,709 40,943 33,129 118,316 - 1,043,297

A George

11

2019 979,351 37,721 528,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 392,589 - 260,314 - - 2,234,276

2018 843,584 40,254 354,750 250,000 20,669 - 26,767 308,376 - 194,781 - - 2,039,181

M Hand

12

2019 710,307 10,868 198,000 - 15,693 17,851 80,949 259,006 - 129,198 - - 1,421,872

M Jablko

13

2019979,351 17,083 544,500 - 21,149 - 15,152 539,647 - 400,011 133,552 - 2,650,445

2018 979,831 15,341 577,500 - 20,669 - 15,152 436,228 - 331,802 323,545 - 2,700,068

A Watson

14, 15

2019 214,999 273 170,255 - 4,441 - 3,580 35,358 83,500 11,290 141 - 523,837

M Whelan

2019 1,179,351 13,883 874,500 - 20,649 - 18,182 839,283 - 717,098 - - 3,662,946

2018 1,179,831 11,821 717,750 - 20,169 - 18,182 730,160 - 723,576 - - 3,401,489

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

15, 16

2019 746,754 246,687 - - 96,767 - - - (686,411) (902,582) (871) 2,112,376 1,612,720

2018 1,168,324 477,076 644,397 - 2,389 2,305 3,782 - 589,413 651,112 475 - 3,539,273

F Ohlsson

17

2019 235,044 24,143 - - 4,956 - 3,636 55,668 13,050 67,641 10 - 404,148

2018 979,831 31,668 396,000 - 20,169 - 15,152 283,517 127,777 341,086 284 - 2,195,484

10. OTHER INFORMATION

10.1 2019 STATUTORY REMUNERATION – CEO AND DISCLOSED EXECUTIVES

The following table outlines the statutory remuneration disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. While it shows the

fixed remuneration awarded (cash and superannuation contributions) and also the cash component of the 2019 variable remuneration award,

it does not show the actual variable remuneration awarded or received in 2019 (see sections 5.1 and 5.2), but instead shows the amortised

accounting value for this financial year of deferred remuneration (including prior year awards).

1.

Cash salary includes any adjustments required to reflect the use of ANZ's Lifestyle Leave Policy

for the period in the KMP role.

2.

Non monetary benefits generally consist of company-funded benefits (and the associated

Fringe Benefits Tax) such as car parking, taxation services and costs met by the Company in

relation to relocation and cessation.

3.

The total cash incentive relates to the cash component only. The relevant amortisation of the

AVR/VR deferred components is included in share-based payments and has been amortised

over the vesting period. The total AVR/VR was approved by the Board on 25 October 2019.

100% of the cash component of the AVR/VR awarded for the 2018 and 2019 years vested to the

executive in the applicable financial year.

4.

Other cash and other equity allocations relate to employment arrangements such as

compensation for bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited,

retention awards, and shares received in relation to the Employee Share Offer. For further

details, see the individual footnotes for each relevant executive.

5.

For all Australian based executives, the 2018 and 2019 superannuation contributions reflect

the Superannuation Guarantee Contribution based on the Maximum Contribution Base. From

31 August 2018, D Hisco commenced superannuation contributions to KiwiSaver where ANZ

provides an employer contribution matching member contributions up to 4% of total gross

pay (less employer superannuation contribution tax). A Watson also participates in KiwiSaver.

6.

Accrual relates to Retirement Allowance. As a result of being employed with ANZ before

November 1992, M Hand is, and D Hisco was eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on

retirement, retrenchment, death, or resignation for illness, incapacity or domestic reasons. The

Retirement Allowance is calculated as three months of preserved notional salary (which is 65%

of fixed remuneration) plus an additional 3% of notional salary for each year of full-time service

above 10 years less the total accrual value of long service leave (including taken and untaken).

7.

As required by AASB 2 Share-based payments, the amortisation value includes a proportion

of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had

not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. The fair value is determined

at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period. The

amount included as remuneration neither relates to, nor indicates, the benefit (if any) that the

executive may ultimately realise if the equity becomes exercisable.

8.

Termination benefits reflect payment for accrued annual leave, long service leave and pay in

lieu of notice in accordance with contract, payable on cessation.

9.

2018 other equity allocations for M Carnegie relate to previously disclosed compensation for

bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited.

10.

K Corbally commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 19 March 2018. So his 2018

remuneration reflects a partial service year. K Corbally's fixed remuneration was adjusted on

1 April 2019 based on a review of internal and external market relativities, and in recognition of

the increase in regulatory activity and the broader risk environment. In relation to

K Corbally's role before his appointment to the Group Executive Committee, in August 2016

the Board approved an equity retention award of $600,000 vesting in August 2019. Other

equity allocations relate to this award.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

92

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITSPOST-EMPLOYMENT
LONG-TERM

EMPLOYEE

BENEFITSSHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

7

Total amortisation value of

Variable

remuneration

Other equity

allocations

4


Cash salary

1

$


Non monetary

benefits

2

$


Total cash

incentive

3

$


Other cash

4

$

Super

contributions

5

$

Financial

year

Retirement

benefit accrued

during year

6

$

Long service leave

accrued during

the year

$

Shares

$

Share rights

$

Performance

rights

$

Shares

$

Termination

benefits

8

$

Total

remuneration

$

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

2019 2,079,351 19,383 750,000 - 20,649 - 31,819 830,753 - 1,449,384 - - 5,181,339

2018 2,079,831 17,321 875,000- 20,169

-

31,819 1,023,295 -

1,597,860 - - 5,645,295

M Carnegie

9

2019 979,351 32,221 495,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 470,209 - 344,501-- 2,357,583

2018 979,831 29,254 528,000 - 20,669 - 15,152 366,123 - 282,708 353,951 - 2,575,688

K Corbally

10

2019 929,351 16,633 478,500 - 20,649- 29,179 340,108 171,583 35,455 194,492 - 2,215,950

2018 472,582 6,383 164,835 - 10,145 - 24,255 172,709 40,943 33,129 118,316 - 1,043,297

A George

11

2019 979,351 37,721 528,000 - 21,149 - 15,152 392,589 - 260,314 - - 2,234,276

2018 843,584 40,254 354,750 250,000 20,669 - 26,767 308,376 - 194,781 - - 2,039,181

M Hand

12

2019 710,307 10,868 198,000 - 15,693 17,851 80,949 259,006 - 129,198 - - 1,421,872

M Jablko

13

2019979,351 17,083 544,500 - 21,149 - 15,152 539,647 - 400,011 133,552 - 2,650,445

2018 979,831 15,341 577,500 - 20,669 - 15,152 436,228 - 331,802 323,545 - 2,700,068

A Watson

14, 15

2019 214,999 273 170,255 - 4,441 - 3,580 35,358 83,500 11,290 141 - 523,837

M Whelan

2019 1,179,351 13,883 874,500 - 20,649 - 18,182 839,283 - 717,098 - - 3,662,946

2018 1,179,831 11,821 717,750 - 20,169 - 18,182 730,160 - 723,576 - - 3,401,489

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

15, 16

2019 746,754 246,687 - - 96,767 - - - (686,411) (902,582) (871) 2,112,376 1,612,720

2018 1,168,324 477,076 644,397 - 2,389 2,305 3,782 - 589,413 651,112 475 - 3,539,273

F Ohlsson

17

2019 235,044 24,143 - - 4,956 - 3,636 55,668 13,050 67,641 10 - 404,148

2018 979,831 31,668 396,000 - 20,169 - 15,152 283,517 127,777 341,086 284 - 2,195,484

11.

A George's fixed remuneration was adjusted in May 2018 when she commenced in the

expanded role of Deputy CEO and Group Executive, Wealth Australia. As disclosed in 2017, in

relation to A George's role before her appointment to the Group Executive Committee, in July

2016 the Board approved a cash retention award of $500,000 with partial vesting in June 2017

($250,000) and December 2017 ($250,000).

12 .

M Hand commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 29 December 2018. So his 2019

remuneration reflects a partial service year. M Hand's fixed remuneration was adjusted on

1 March 2019 on appointment to the Group Executive, Australia Retail and Commercial

Banking role.

13.

Other cash and other equity allocations for M Jablko relate to previously disclosed

compensation for bonus opportunity foregone and deferred remuneration forfeited.

14.

A Watson commenced in a Disclosed Executive role on 17 June 2019. So her 2019

remuneration reflects a partial service year. A Watson's fixed remuneration is paid in NZD and

converted to AUD.

15.

In 2016 A Watson, D Hisco and F Ohlsson, and in 2018 and 2019 A Watson and D Hisco, were

eligible to receive shares under the Employee Share Offer. That offer provides a grant of ANZ

shares in each financial year to eligible employees subject to Board approval. See Note 31

Employee Share and Option Plans for further details on the Employee Share Offer.

16.

D Hisco ceased employment 14 June 2019. Remuneration reflects up to his date of cessation

(noting his annual fixed remuneration for 2019 remained unchanged at NZD 1.274 million).

Share-based payments include the expensing treatment on cessation for unvested deferred

remuneration (including reversals for forfeiture on cessation). D Hisco's fixed remuneration was

paid in NZD and converted to AUD. Termination benefits reflect payment for accrued annual

leave, long service leave and pay in lieu of notice in accordance with his contract, payable on

cessation. Following an internal review it was determined that certain expense and allowances

previously provided to D Hisco and categorised as business related would more appropriately

be characterised as non-business related and included as non monetary benefits in the

Remuneration Report. The 2018 comparative balances have been restated to increase non

monetary benefits by $8,360 plus related Fringe Benefit Tax of $4,117. Similar items existed

in the period between 2010-2017 which would have increased the non monetary benefits

disclosed for D Hisco on average each year by approximately $44,580 plus related Fringe

Benefit Tax of $21,956.

17.

F Ohlsson concluded in his role 28 December 2018. Remuneration reflects up to his date

of conclusion in role (noting his annual fixed remuneration for 2019 remained unchanged

at $1 million).

93

10.2 EQUITY HOLDINGS
For the equity granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives in November/December 2018, all deferred shares were purchased on the market.

For deferred share rights and performance rights, we will determine our approach to satisfying awards closer to the time of vesting.

10.2.1 CEO and Disclosed Executives equity granted, vested, exercised/sold and lapsed/forfeited

The table below sets out details of deferred shares and rights that we granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives:

•during the 2019 year; or

•in prior years and that then vested, were exercised/sold or which lapsed/were forfeited during the 2019 year.

NameType of equity

Number

granted

1

Equity fair

value at

grant

(for 2019

grants

only)

$

Grant

date

First

date

exercisable

Date

of

expiry

Vested

Lapsed/

ForfeitedExercised/Sold

Vested

and

exercis-

able

as at

30 Sep

2019

3

Unexer-

cisable

as at

30 Sep

2019

4

Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

Deferred shares 22,796 18 Nov 1518 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (22,796) 100 625,278 - -

Deferred shares 6,941 22 Nov 1622 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (6,941) 100 190,387 - -

Deferred shares 6,941 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 6,941 100 178,543 - - - (6,941) 100 190,387 - -

Deferred shares 8,531 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 8,531 100 219,443 - - - (8,531) 100 233,999 - -

Deferred shares 8,623 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,623

Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622

Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622

Deferred shares 8,622 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 8,622

Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 34,733 65 845,478 (18,458) 35 (449,308) - - - 34,733 -

Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 - - - (53,191) 100 (1,294,786) - - - - -

Performance rights 53,191 17 Dec 1517 Dec 1817 Dec 20 - - - (53,191) 100 (1,294,786) - - - - -

Performance rights 82,774 8.33 19 Dec 1819 Dec 2126 Dec 21 - - - - - - - - - - 82,774

Performance rights 27,591 3.77 19 Dec 1819 Dec 2126 Dec 21 - - - - - - - - - - 27,591

M Carnegie

Deferred shares 7,228 20 Aug 1601 Jun 18 - - - - - - - (7,228) 100 198,259 - -

Deferred shares 15,752 20 Aug 1620 Aug 17 - - - - - - - (15,752) 100 432,066 - -

Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 17 - - - - - - - (1,182) 100 32,421 - -

Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 1,182 100 30,405 - - - (1,182) 100 32,421 - -

Deferred shares 4,785 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,785 100 123,085 - - - - - - 4,785 -

Deferred shares 5,205 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,205

Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202

Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202

Deferred shares 5,202 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,202

Performance rights 32,163 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 32,163

Performance rights 10,721 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 10,721

K Corbally

5

Deferred shares 3,780 18 Nov 1518 Nov 18 - 3,780 100 96,260 - - - (3,780) 100 101,361 - -

Deferred shares 5,517 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 5,517 100 141,914 - - - (5,517) 100 147,939 - -

Deferred shares 21,497 22 Nov 1620 Aug 19 - 21,497 100 573,129 - - - - - - 21,497 -

Deferred shares 4,231 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,231 100 108,834 - - - (4,231) 100 113,455 - -

Deferred shares 3,010 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,010

Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007

Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007

Deferred shares 3,007 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,007

Deferred share rights 14,546 21.62 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2129 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - 14,546

Performance rights 5,005 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 3,268 65 83,221 (1,737) 35 (44,234) (3,268) 65 87,632 - -

Performance rights 5,515 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (5,515) 100 (140,442) - - - - -

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

94

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

NameType of equity
Number

granted

1

Equity fair

value at

grant

(for 2019

grants

only)

$

Grant

date

First

date

exercisable

Date

of

expiry

Vested

Lapsed/

ForfeitedExercised/Sold

Vested

and

exer-

cisable

as at

30 Sep

2019

3

Unexer-

cisable

as at

30 Sep

2019

4

Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

A George

Deferred shares 2,074 18 Nov 1518 Nov 18 - 2,074 100 52,815 - - - - - - 2,074 -

Deferred shares 4,801 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 4,801 100 123,496 - - - - - - 4,801 -

Deferred shares 3,096 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 3,096 100 79,638 - - - - - - 3,096 -

Deferred shares 3,498 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,498

Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495

Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495

Deferred shares 3,495 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,495

Performance rights 2,746 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 1,793 65 45,660 (953) 35 (24,269) - - - 1,793 -

Performance rights 3,026 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (3,026) 100 (77,059) - - - - -

Performance rights 21,610 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 21,610

Performance rights 7,203 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 7,203

M Hand

5


Performance rights4,66318 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - - - -(4,663)100132,474 - -

M Jablko

Deferred shares 11,444 20 Aug 1627 Feb 19 - 11,444 100 318,564 - - - - - - 11,444 -

Deferred shares 1,182 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 1,182 100 30,405 - - - - - - 1,182 -

Deferred shares 6,305 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 6,305 100 162,184 - - - - - - 6,305 -

Deferred shares 5,693 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,693

Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690

Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690

Deferred shares 5,690 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 5,690

Performance rights 35,179 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 35,179

Performance rights 11,726 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 11,726

A Watson

5

M Whelan

Deferred shares 6,724 22 Nov 1622 Nov 18 - 6,724 100 172,961 - - - (6,724) 100 177,848 - -

Deferred shares 9,219 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 9,219 100 237,140 - - - (9,219) 100 243,840 - -

Deferred shares 7,075 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,075

Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072

Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072

Deferred shares 7,072 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 7,072

Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 11,577 65 294,814 (6,153) 35 (156,689) (11,577) 65 310,934 - -

Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,730) 100 (451,503) - - - - -

Performance rights 17,730 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,730) 100 (451,503) - - - - -

Performance rights 43,722 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 43,722

Performance rights 14,574 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 14,574

95

NameType of equity
Number

granted

1

Equity fair

value at

grant

(for 2019

grants

only)

$

Grant

date

First

date

exercisable

Date

of

expiry

Vested

Lapsed/

ForfeitedExercised/Sold

Vested

and

exer-

cisable

as at

30 Sep

2019

3

Unexer-

cisable

as at

30 Sep

2019

4

Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$Number%

Value

2

$

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

6

Employee Share Offer 26 03 Dec 1503 Dec 18 - 26 100 697 - - - - - - 26 -

Employee Share Offer 24 01 Dec 1701 Dec 20 - - - - (24) 100 (677) - - - - -

Employee Share Offer 29 03 Dec 1803 Dec 21 - - - - (29) 100 (818) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,386 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1822 Nov 20 7,386 100 189,990 - - - (7,386) 100 198,057 - -

Deferred share rights 7,867 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (7,867) 100 (221,851) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 8,379 22 Nov 1622 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (8,379) 100 (236,289) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 6,565 22 Nov 1722 Nov 1822 Nov 20 6,565 100 168,871 - - - (6,565) 100 176,042 - -

Deferred share rights 6,942 22 Nov 1722 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (6,942) 100 (195,766) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,344 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (7,344) 100 (207,102) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,764 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (7,764) 100 (218,946) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 6,632 24.29 22 Nov 1822 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (6,632) 100 (187,024) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,031 22.91 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (7,031) 100 (198,276) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,451 21.62 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (7,451) 100 (210,120) - - - - -

Deferred share rights 7,900 20.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2222 Nov 24 - - - (7,900) 100 (222,782) - - - - -

Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 11,565 65 294,509 (6,146) 35 (156,511)(11,565) 65 310,118 - -

Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,711) 100 (451,019) - - - - -

Performance rights 17,711 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (17,711) 100 (451,019) - - - - -

Performance rights 40,198 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (40,198) 100 (1,133,592) - - - - -

Performance rights 13,399 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1922 Nov 21 - - - (13,399) 100 (377,854) - - - - -

Performance rights 38,290 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (38,290) 100 (1,079,786) - - - - -

Performance rights 12,763 22 Nov 1722 Nov 2022 Nov 22 - - - (12,763) 100 (359,919) - - - - -

Performance rights 39,254 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (39,254) 100 (1,106,971) - - - - -

Performance rights 13,084 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - (13,084) 100 (368,971) - - - - -

F Ohlsson

7

Deferred shares 4,562 22 Nov 1722 Nov 18 - 4,562 100 117,348 - - - (4,562) 100 106,436 - -

Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 19 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902

Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 20 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902

Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 21 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902

Deferred shares 3,902 25.72 22 Nov 1822 Nov 22 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,902

Employee Share Offer 25 04 Dec 1304 Dec 16 - - - - - - - (25) 100 583 - -

Employee Share Offer 23 04 Dec 1404 Dec 17 - - - - - - - (23) 100 537 - -

Employee Share Offer 26 03 Dec 1503 Dec 18 - 26 100 697 - - - (26) 100 607 - -

Deferred share rights 4,627 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 4,627 100 117,829 - - - (4,627) 100 124,272 - -

Deferred share rights 4,314 22 Nov 1622 Nov 1829 Nov 18 4,314 100 110,969 - - - (4,314) 100 110,969 - -

Performance rights 5,190 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 3,389 65 86,303 (1,801) 35 (45,863) (3,389) 65 91,021 - -

Performance rights 5,720 18 Nov 1518 Nov 1818 Nov 20 - - - (5,720) 100 (145,663) - - - - -

Performance rights 24,122 10.39 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 24,122

Performance rights 8,040 5.15 22 Nov 1822 Nov 2122 Nov 23 - - - - - - - - - - 8,040

1.

For the purpose of the five highest paid executive disclosures, Executives are defined

as Disclosed Executives or other members of the Group Executive Committee. For the

2019 financial year the five highest paid executives include four Disclosed Executives and

the Group Executive, International (F Faruqui). Rights granted to Disclosed Executives as

remuneration in 2019 are included in the table. Rights granted to F Faruqui as remuneration

in 2019 include four tranches of deferred share rights and two tranches of performance

rights granted on 22 Nov 2018. (7,132 (tranche 1) deferred share rights first exercisable

22 Nov 2019, expiring 29 Nov 2019; 7,562 (tranche 2) deferred share rights first exercisable

22 Nov 2020, expiring 29 Nov 2020; 8,013 (tranche 3) deferred share rights first exercisable

22 Nov 2021, expiring 29 Nov 2021; 8,496 (tranche 4) deferred share rights first exercisable

22 Nov 2022, expiring 29 Nov 2022; 42,215 (tranche 1) and 14,071 (tranche 2) performance

rights first exercisable 22 Nov 2021 subject to meeting performance hurdles, expiring

22 Nov 2023). No rights have been granted to the CEO, Disclosed Executives or the five highest

paid executives since the end of 2019 up to the Directors' Report sign-off date.

2.

The point in time value of shares/share rights and/or performance rights is based on the

one day VWAP of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the date of vesting, lapsing/

forfeiture or exercising/sale/transfer out of trust, multiplied by the number of shares/share

rights and/or performance rights. The exercise price for all share rights/performance rights

is $0.00. No terms of share-based payment transactions have been altered or modified

during the reporting period.

3.

The number vested and exercisable is the number of shares, options and rights that

remain vested at the end of the reporting period. No shares, options and rights were

vested and unexercisable.

4.

Performance rights granted in prior years (by grant date) that remained unexerciseable at

30 Sep 2019 or date ceased in a Disclosed Executive role include:

Nov-16Nov-17Nov-18

S Elliott150,482143,294110,365

M Carnegie9,74539,44042,884

K Corbally5,4454,230-

A George4,73825,52028,813

M Hand7,9206,27726,802

M Jablko9,74551,96846,905

A Watson3,6493,9344,802

M Whelan55,42875,98058,296

D Hisco---

F Ohlsson31,30637,58432,162

5.

Equity disclosed from commencement in Disclosed Executive role. There are no disclosable

transactions since commencement for A Watson.

6.

Equity transactions disclosed up to date of cessation of employment.

7.

Equity transactions disclosed up to date ceased in a Disclosed Executive role.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

96

Remuneration Report continued

10.2.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives equity holdings
The table below sets out details of equity held directly, indirectly or beneficially by each NED, the CEO and each Disclosed Executive,

including their related parties.

NameType of equity

Opening

balance at

1 Oct 2018

Granted during

the year as

remuneration

1

Received during

the year on

exercise of

options or rights

Resulting from

any other

changes during

the year

2

Closing

balance at

30 Sep 2019

3, 4

Current Non-Executive Directors

D Gonski

Ordinary shares 31,488 - - - 31,488

I Atlas

Ordinary shares 14,360 - - - 14,360

P Dwyer

Ordinary shares 17,500 - - - 17,500

J Halton

Ordinary shares 9,049 - - - 9,049

J Key

Ordinary shares 3,000 - - - 3,000

G Liebelt

Ordinary shares 20,315 - - - 20,315

Capital notes 1 1,500 - - - 1,500

Capital notes 2 2,500 - - - 2,500

J Macfarlane

Ordinary shares 17,851 - - - 17,851

Capital notes 2 2,000 - - - 2,000

Capital notes 3 5,000 - - - 5,000

Former Non-Executive Directors

H Lee

6

Directors' Share Plan 2,662 - -

- 2,662

Ordinary shares 8,000 - - 82 8,082

CEO and Current Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

Deferred shares 92,089 34,489 - (52,620) 73,958

Ordinary shares 131,679 - - 57,579 189,258

Performance rights 453,349 110,365 - (124,840) 438,874

M Carnegie

Deferred shares 62,921 20,811 - (29,000) 54,732

Ordinary shares 14 - - 3,057 3,071

Performance rights 49,185 42,884 - - 92,069

K Corbally

Deferred shares 45,639 12,031 - (15,039) 42,631

Ordinary shares - - 3,268 (1,918) 1,350

Deferred share rights - 14,546 - - 14,546

Performance rights 20,195 - (3,268) (7,252) 9,675

A George

Deferred shares 44,979 13,983 - - 58,962

Ordinary shares 2,678 - - 2,936 5,614

Capital notes 1 802 - - - 802

Performance rights 36,030 28,813 - (3,979) 60,864

M Hand

5

Deferred shares 26,434 - - - 26,434

Ordinary shares 1,081 - 4,663 (4,984) 760

Performance rights 45,662 - (4,663) - 40,999

M Jablko

Deferred shares 61,731 22,763 - - 84,494

Ordinary shares - - - 2,925 2,925

Performance rights 61,713 46,905 - - 108,618

A Watson

5

Employee Share Offer 102 - - - 102

Deferred share rights 22,129 - - - 22,129

Performance rights 12,385 - - - 12,385

M Whelan

Deferred shares 59,980 28,291 - (18,878) 69,393

Ordinary shares - - 11,577 (11,577) -

Performance rights 184,598 58,296 (11,577) (41,613) 189,704

Former Disclosed Executives

D Hisco

6

Employee Share Offer 98 29 - (53) 74

Ordinary shares 138,000 - 25,516 (138,516) 25,000

Deferred share rights 52,247 29,014 (13,951) (67,310) -

Performance rights 157,783 52,338 (11,565) (198,556) -

F Ohlsson

6

Deferred shares 18,765 15,608 - (5,088) 29,285

Employee Share Offer 74 - - (74) -

Ordinary shares 4,050 - 12,330 (16,380) -

Deferred share rights 18,430 - (8,941) - 9,489

Performance rights 79,800 32,162 (3,389) (7,521) 101,052

1.

Details of options/rights granted as remuneration during 2019 are provided in the previous table.

2.

Shares resulting from any other changes during the year include the net result of any shares

purchased (including under the ANZ Share Purchase Plan), forfeited, sold or acquired under the

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

3.

The following shares (included in the holdings above) were held on behalf of the NEDs, CEO and

Disclosed Executives (i.e. indirect beneficially held shares) as at 30 September 2019: D Gonski -

31,488, I Atlas - 14,360, P Dwyer - 17,500, J Halton - 0, J Key - 3,000, G Liebelt - 8,158, J Macfarlane

- 24,851, H Lee - 2,662, S Elliott - 261,087, M Carnegie - 54,732, K Corbally - 42,631, A George - 62,442,

M Hand - 26,434, M Jablko - 84,494, A Watson - 102, M Whelan - 69,393, D Hisco - 25,000 and

F Ohlsson - 29,285.

4.

36,526 rights were vested and exercisable, and zero options/rights were vested and

unexerciseable as at 30 September 2019. There was no change in the balance as at the Directors'

Report sign-off date.

5.

Commencing balance is based on holdings as at the date of commencement in a KMP role.

6.

Concluding balance is based on holdings as at the date ceased in a KMP role.

97

10.3 LOANS
10.3.1 Overview

When we lend to NEDs, the CEO or Disclosed Executives, we do so in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms and

conditions that are no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers – this includes the term of the loan, the security

required and the interest rate. No amounts have been written off during the period, or individual provisions raised in respect of these balances.

The table below sets out details of loans outstanding to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives including their related parties, if – at any time

during the year – the individual’s aggregate loan balance exceeded $100,000.

Total loans to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, including their related parties at 30 September 2019 (including those with balances less

than $100,000) was $26,862,152 (2018: $25,000,240) with interest paid of $738,710 (2018: $931,926) during the period.

10.3.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives loan transactions

Name

Opening balance at

1 October 2018

$

Closing balance at

30 September 2019

$

Interest paid and payable

in the reporting period

1

$

Highest balance in the

reporting period

$

Current Non-Executive Directors

J Macfarlane

2

11,142,75813,330,653453,64715,746,151

Current CEO and Disclosed Executives

S Elliott

2

3,011,5352,926,267106,4503,036,159

A George

3

1,731,3941,594,16664,2451,747,316

M Hand

4

4,483,1474,437,17966,3115,503,012

M Whelan

2

1,721,4651,657,26440,4521,762,791

Former Disclosed Executives

F Ohlsson

2, 5

2,887,6072,874,6887,3572,909,358

Total

24,977,906 26,820,217 738,462 30,704,787

1.

Actual interest paid after considering offset accounts. The loan balance is shown gross, however the interest paid takes into account the impact of offset amounts.

2.

Opening balances have been restated to include credit card balances.

3.

Opening balance has been restated to exclude an available for redraw component previously included within loans.

4.

Opening balance is as at the date of commencement in a KMP role.

5.

Closing balance is as at the date ceased in a KMP role.

10.4 OTHER TRANSACTIONS

Other transactions with NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, and their related parties included deposits.

Opening balance at

1 October 2018

1

$

Closing balance at

30 September 2019

2, 3

$

Total KMP deposits

55,943,06660,237,940

1.

Opening balance is at 1 October 2018 or the date of commencement as KMP if part way through the year.

2.

Closing balance is at 30 September 2019 or at the date of cessation as KMP if part way through the year.

3.

Interest paid on deposits for 2019 was $705,949.

Other transactions with KMP and their related parties included amounts paid to the Group in respect of insurance premiums, investment

management service fees, brokerage, bank fees and charges. The Group has reimbursed KMP for the costs incurred for secretarial services

associated with the performance of their duties. These transactions are conducted on normal commercial terms and conditions are no more

favourable than those given to other employees or customers.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

98

2019 0Remun r20anRm continued

Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report for the financial year ended 30 September

2019 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of

the Corporations Act 2001. The information below forms part of this

Directors’ Report:

•Principal activities on page 8

•Operating and financial review on pages 52 to 64

•Dividends on page 63

•Information on the Directors, Company Secretaries and Directors’

meetings on pages 32 to 42

•Remuneration report on pages 66 to 98

Significant changes in state of affairs

There has been no significant changes in the Group’s state of affairs.

Events since the end of the financial year

On 17 October the Group announced it had agreed a revised

price for the sale of its OnePath P&I business and ADGs to IOOF of

$850 million, being a $125 million reduction from the original sale

price of $975 million announced in October 2017. The new price

of $850 million includes approximately $25 million that ANZ has

already received for the sale of ADGs in October 2018. The revised

terms reflect changing market conditions and include lower overall

warranty caps as well as some changes to the strategic alliance

arrangements. Subject to APRA approval, the Group expects the

transaction to complete in the first quarter of calendar year 2020.

The impact of the reduction in price has been reflected in the 2019

financial results.

Other than the matter above, there have been no significant events

from 30 September 2019 to the date of signing this report.

Political donations

Our policy is that we will make an annual donation to the two major

federal parties to support the democratic process in Australia. In

the 2019 calendar year, we donated $100,000 to the Liberal Party of

Australia and $100,000 to the Australian Labor Party.

Environmental regulation

ANZ recognises the expectations of its stakeholders – customers,

shareholders, staff and the community – to operate in a way that

mitigates its environmental impact.

In Australia, ANZ meets the requirements of the National Greenhouse

and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth), which imposes reporting

obligations where energy production, usage or greenhouse gas

emissions trigger specified thresholds.

ANZ holds a licence under the Water Act 1989 ( Vic), allowing it

to extract water from the Yarra River for thermal regulation of its

Melbourne head office building. The licence specifies daily and

annual limits for the extraction of water from the Yarra River with

which ANZ fully complies. The extraction of river water reduces

reliance on the high quality potable water supply and is one of

several environmental initiatives that ANZ has introduced at its

Melbourne head office building.

The Group does not believe that its operations are subject to any

particular and significant environmental regulation under a law of the

Commonwealth of Australia or of an Australian State or Territory. It may

become subject to environmental regulation as a result of its lending

activities in the ordinary course of business and has developed policies

to identify and manage such environmental matters.

Having made due enquiry, and to the best of ANZ’s knowledge, no

entity of the Group has incurred any material environmental liability

during the year.

Further details of ANZ’s environmental performance, including

progress against its targets and details of its emissions profile, are

available on anz.com>About us>Corporate Sustainability.

Corporate Governance Statement

ANZ is committed to maintaining a high standard in its

governance framework. ANZ confirms it has followed the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations (3rd edition) during the 2019 financial year.

ANZ’s Corporate Governance Statement, together with the ASX

Appendix 4G which relates to the Corporate Governance Statement,

can be viewed at anz.com/corporategovernance and has been

lodged with the ASX.

Pillar 3 information

ANZ provides information required by APS 330: Public Disclosure in

the Regulatory Disclosures section at www.anz.com/shareholder/

centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure/

Non-audit services

The Group’s Stakeholder Engagement Model for Relationship with

the External Auditor (the Policy), which incorporates requirements of

the Corporations Act 2001 and industry best practice, prevents the

external auditor from providing services that are perceived to be in

conflict with the role of the external auditor or breach independence

requirements. This includes consulting advice and sub-contracting

of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and

engagements where the external auditor may ultimately be required

to express an opinion on its own work.

Specifically the Policy:

•limits the scope of non-audit services that may be provided;

•requires that audit, audit-related and permitted non-audit services

be considered in light of independence requirements and for

any potential conflicts of interest before they are approved by

the Audit Committee, or approved by the Chair of the Audit

Committee (or delegate) and notified to the Audit Committee; and

•requires pre-approval before the external auditor can commence

any engagement for the Group.

Further details about the Policy can be found in the Corporate

Governance Statement.

The external auditor has confirmed to the Audit Committee that it has:

•implemented procedures to ensure it complies with

independence rules in applicable jurisdictions; and

•complied with applicable policies and regulations in those

jurisdictions regarding the provision of non-audit services, and

the Policy.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the non-audit services provided

by the external auditor during the 2019 financial year, and has

confirmed that the provision of these services is consistent with

the Policy, compatible with the general standard of independence

for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and did not

compromise the auditor independence requirements of the

Corporations Act 2001. This has been formally advised by the Audit

Committee to the Board of Directors.

99

The categories of non-audit services supplied to the Group during
the year ended 30 September 2019 by the external auditor, KPMG, or

by another person or firm on KPMG’s behalf, and the amounts paid

or payable (including GST ) by the Group are as follows:

Amount paid/payable

$’000

Non-audit services

20192018

General market or regulatory insights–187

Training related services10617

Controls related assessments–94

Methodology and procedural reviews1010

Total116308

Further details on the compensation paid to KPMG is provided

in Note 34 Compensation of Auditors to the financial statements

including details of audit-related services provided during the year

of $5.71 million (2018: $6.28 million).

For the reasons set out above, the Directors are satisfied that the

provision of non-audit services by the external auditor during the

year ended 30 September 2019 is compatible with the general

standard of independence for external auditors imposed by

the Corporations Act 2001 and did not compromise the auditor

independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

Directors’ and officers’ indemnity

The Company’s Constitution (Rule 11.1) permits the Company to:

•indemnify any officer or employee of the Company, or its auditor,

against liabilities (so far as may be permitted under applicable

law) incurred as such by an officer, employee or auditor, including

liabilities incurred as a result of appointment or nomination by

the Company as a trustee or as an officer or employee of another

corporation; and

•make payments in respect of legal costs incurred by an officer,

employee or auditor in defending an action for a liability incurred

as such by an officer, employee or auditor, or in resisting or

responding to actions taken by a government agency, a duly

constituted Royal Commission or other official inquiry, a liquidator,

administrator, trustee in bankruptcy or other authorised official.

It is the Company’s policy that its employees should be protected

from any liability they incur as a result of acting in the course of their

employment, subject to appropriate conditions.

Under the policy, the Company will indemnify employees and

former employees against any liability they incur to any third party

as a result of acting in the course of their employment with the

Company or a subsidiary of the Company and this extends to

liability incurred as a result of their appointment/nomination by or

at the request of the Group as an officer or employee of another

corporation or body or as trustee.

The indemnity is subject to applicable law and certain exceptions.

In accordance with the employee indemnity policy, the Company

has during or since the year ended 30 September 2019 paid legal

expenses totalling $874,534 incurred by Mr Richard Moscati in

relation to legal proceedings brought against him and the Company

by a third party.

The Company has entered into Indemnity Deeds with each of

its Directors, with certain secretaries and former Directors of the

Company, and with certain employees and other individuals who

act as directors or officers of related bodies corporate or of another

company, to indemnify them against liabilities and legal costs of the

kind mentioned in the Company’s Constitution.

During the financial year, the Company has paid premiums for

insurance for the benefit of the Directors and employees of

the Company and related bodies corporate of the Company. In

accordance with common commercial practice, the insurance

prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability insured against and

the amount of the premium.

Key management personnel and employee share

and option plans

The Remuneration Report contains details of Non-Executive

Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Disclosed Executives’ equity

holdings and options/rights issued during the 2019 financial year

and as at the date of this report.

Note 31 Employee Share and Option Plans to the 2019 Financial

Report contains details of the 2019 financial year and as at the date

of this report:

•Options/rights issued over shares granted to employees;

•Shares issued as a result of the exercise of options/rights granted

to employees; and

•Other details about share options/rights issued, including any

rights to participate in any share issues of the Company.

The names of all persons who currently hold options/rights are entered

in the register kept by the Company pursuant to section 170 of the

Corporations Act 2001. This register may be inspected free of charge.

Rounding of amounts

The Company is a company of the kind referred to in Australian

Securities and Investments Commission Corporations (Rounding in

Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016

and, in accordance with that Instrument, amounts in the consolidated

financial statements and this Directors’ Report have been rounded to

the nearest million dollars unless specifically stated otherwise.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board of

Directors and is signed for and on behalf of the Directors.

David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Director

30 October 2019

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration

The Lead Auditors Independence Declaration given under Section

307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out below and forms part of

the Directors Report for the year ended 30 September 2019.

To: the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to

the audit of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for

the financial year ended 30 September 2019, there have been:

•no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as

set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

•no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct

in relation to the audit.

KPMG Alison Kitchen

Partner

30 October 2019

Directors’ Report (continued)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

100

101
FINANCIAL

REPORT

Consolidated Financial Statements

Income Statement

102


Statement of Comprehensive Income

103

Balance Sheet

104


Cash Flow Statement

105


Statement of Changes in Equity

106


Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements

Basis of preparation Non-Financial Assets

1.About Our Financial Statements

107

20. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

173

Financial Performance Non-Financial Liabilities

2.Operating Income

111

21. Other Provisions

175

3.Operating Expenses

114

4.Income Tax

116

Equity 

5.Dividends

118

22. Shareholders’ Equity

177

6.Earnings per Ordinary Share

120

23. Capital Management

179

7.Segment Reporting

121

Consolidation and Presentation

Financial Assets 

24.Parent Entity Financial Information

181

8.Cash and Cash Equivalents

125

25. Controlled Entities

182

9.Trading Securities

126

26. Investments in Associates

184

10.Derivative Financial Instruments

127

27. Structured Entities

186

11.Investment Securities

134

28. Transfers of Financial Assets

189

12.Net Loans and Advances

13.Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

136

137

29.Discontinued Operations and Assets and

Liabilities Held For Sale

190

Financial Liabilities

14.Deposits and Other Borrowings

15.Debt Issuances 

145

146

Employee and Related Party Transactions

30.Superannuation and Post Employment

Benefits Obligations

194

31.Employee Share and Option Plans

195

Financial Instrument Disclosures

32.Related Party Disclosures

200

16.Financial Risk Management

151

17.Fair Value of Financial Assets and

Financial Liabilities

18.Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities

and Collateral Accepted as Security

for Assets

19.Offsetting

166

171

172

Other Disclosures

33.Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Assets

34.Compensation of Auditors

35.Impact of Adoption of New Standards and

Other Changes

36.Events Since the End of the Financial Year

202

205

206

209

Directors’ Declaration

210

Independent Auditor’s Report

211

Financial

Report

Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

INCOME STATEMENT 102

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 103

BALANCE SHEET 104

CASH FLOW STATEMENT 105

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 106

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements

Basis of Preparation

1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 107

Financial Performance

2. OPERATING INCOME 111

3. OPERATING EXPENSES 114

4. INCOME TAX 116

5. DIVIDENDS 118

6. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE 120

7. SEGMENT REPORTING 121

Financial Assets

8. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 125

9. TRADING SECURITIES 126

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 127

11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES 134

12. NET LOANS AND ADVANCES 136

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES 137

Financial Liabilities

14. DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS 145

15. DEBT ISSUANCES 146

Financial Instrument Disclosures

16. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 151

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 166

18. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR

LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL ACCEPTED

AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS 171

19. OFFSETTING 172

Non-Financial Assets

20. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 173

Non-Financial Liabilities

21. OTHER PROVISIONS 175

Equity

22. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 177

23. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 179

Consolidation and Presentation

24. PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 181

25. CONTROLLED ENTITIES 182

26. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES 184

27. STRUCTURED ENTITIES 186

28. TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS 189

29. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS

AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE 190

Employee and Related Party Transactions

30. SUPERANNUATION AND POST EMPLOYMENT

BENEFITS OBLIGATIONS 194

31. EMPLOYEE SHARE AND OPTION PLANS 195

32. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 200

Other Disclosures

33. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND

CONTINGENT ASSETS 202

34. COMPENSATION OF AUDITORS 205

35. IMPACT OF ADOPTION OF NEW STANDARDS

AND OTHER CHANGES 206

36. EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 209


Directors’ Declaration 210

Independent Auditor’s Report 211

101


102

FINANCIAL REPORT

INCOME STATEMENT

20192018

1


For the year ended 30 September Note $m$m

Interest income

2


31,077

30,327

Interest expense

(16,738)

(15,813)

Net interest income 2

14,339

14,514

Other operating income 2

4,058

5,014

Net income from insurance business 2

126

273

Share of associates’ profit 2

262

183

Operating income

18,785

19,984

Operating expenses 3

(9,071)

(9,401)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

9,714

10,583

Credit impairment charge 13

(794)

(688)

Profit before income tax 8,920

9,895

Income tax expense 4

(2,609)

(2,784)

Profit after tax from continuing operations

6,311

7,111

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 29

(343)

(695)

Profit for the year 5,968

6,416

Comprising:

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

5,953

6,400

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

15

16

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued operations

Basic 6 210.0 221.6

Diluted 6

201.9 212.1

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations

Basic 6 222.1 245.6

Diluted 6

213.0 234.2

Dividend per ordinary share (cents) 5

160 160

1.

On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated

accordingly which increased total operating income and total operating expenses by $153 million.

2.

Includes interest income calculated using the effective interest method of $30,224 million on financial assets measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income (2018: $29,181

million on financial assets measured at amortised cost and available-for-sale assets).

The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

102

Financial Report (continued)

103
FINANCIAL REPORT

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

20192018

For the year ended 30 September $m$m

Profit for the year from continuing operations

6,311

7,111

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI

1


45

-

Other reserve movements

67

32

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve

2


697

222

Other reserve movements

909

137

Income tax attributable to the above items (288)

(118)

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income

3

26

25

Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations

1,456

298

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343)

(695)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(97)

18

Total comprehensive income for the year 7,327

6,732

Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:

Shareholders of the Company

7,307

6,706

Non-controlling interests

20

26

1.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. The available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9

and a new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer to Note 1 and 35 for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.

2.

Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of a $5 million gain (2018: $10 million gain).

3.

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes a FVOCI reserve gain of $20 million (available-for-sale revaluation reserve 2018: $28 million gain), defined benefits gain of $7 million (2018: nil),

cash flow hedge reserve loss of $2 million (2018: nil) and a foreign currency translation reserve gain of $1 million (2018: $3 million loss) that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.

The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.

103


104

FINANCIAL REPORT (continued)

BALANCE SHEET

20192018

As at 30 September Note $m$m

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 8

81,621

84,636

Settlement balances owed to ANZ

3,739

2,319

Collateral paid

15,006

11,043

Trading securities 9

43,169

37,722

Derivative financial instruments 10

120,667

68,423

Investment securities

1,2

11

83,709

-

Available-for-sale assets

1

11

-

74,284

Net loans and advances

2,3

12

615,258

604,464

Regulatory deposits

879

882

Assets held for sale 29

1,831

45,248

Investments in associates 26

2,957

2,553

Current tax assets

265

268

Deferred tax assets

1,356

900

Goodwill and other intangible assets 20

4,861

4,930

Premises and equipment

1,924

1,833

Other assets

3


3,895

3,677

Total assets 981,137

943,182

Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ

10,867

11,810

Collateral received

7,929

6,542

Deposits and other borrowings 14

637,677

618,150

Derivative financial instruments 10

120,951

69,676

Current tax liabilities

260

300

Deferred tax liabilities

3


67

69

Liabilities held for sale 29

2,121

47,159

Payables and other liabilities

3

7,968

6,894

Employee entitlements

589

540

Other provisions

2,3

21

2,223

1,458

Debt issuances 15

129,691

121,179

Total liabilities 920,343

883,777

Net assets 60,794

59,405

Shareholders' equity

Ordinary share capital 22

26,490

27,205

Reserves 22

1,629

323

Retained earnings

3

22

32,664

31,737

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

22

60,783

59,265

Non-controlling interests 22

11

140

Total shareholders' equity

22

60,794

59,405

1.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9 and

a new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further details. Comparative information has not been restated.

2.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed provisions by $813 million ($647 million in Net loans and advances, $11 million in Investment securities, and $155

million in Provisions). Comparative information has not been restated. Refer to Note 1 and 35 for further details.

3.

Comparative information has been restated for the adoption of AASB 15 and other reclassification adjustments to enhance comparability with current period presentation. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further

details

The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

104

Financial Report (continued)

105
FINANCIAL REPORT

CASH FLOW STATEMENT

The Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 29 for cash flows associated with discontinued

operations and cash and cash equivalents reclassified as held for sale.


20192018

For the year ended 30 September

1

$m $m

Profit after income tax

5,968

6,416

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:

Allowance for expected credit losses

794

688

Depreciation and amortisation

871

1,199

(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment

(5)

(4)

Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment

4,940

6,721

(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments

(137)

(594)

Reclassification of businesses to held for sale

-

693

Other non-cash movements

(356)

(55)

Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:

Collateral paid

(3,493)

(1,648)

Trading securities

(7,941)

8,565

Net loans and advances

(10,268)

(25,265)

Investments backing policy liabilities

(3,542)

(3,914)

Other assets

(454)

(973)

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:

Deposits and other borrowings

7,006

12,207

Settlement balances owed by ANZ

(1,077)

1,853

Collateral received

1,004

186

Life insurance contract policy liabilities

-

4,263

Other liabilities

2,140

228

Total adjustments

(10,518)

4,150

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

2


(4,550)

10,566

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment securities/available-for-sale assets

3


Purchases

(23,847)

(23,806)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

21,228

20,592

Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed

2,121

2,148

Proceeds from Zurich reinsurance arrangement

-

1,000

Proceeds from IOOF secured notes

800

-

Other assets

(508)

232

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

(206)

166

Cash flows from financing activities

Debt issuances:

4


Issue proceeds

25,900

25,075

Redemptions

(22,958)

(15,898)

Dividends paid

5


(4,471)

(4,563)

On market purchase of treasury shares

(112)

(114)

Share buyback

(1,120)

(1,880)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

(2,761)

2,620

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(7,517)

13,352

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

84,964

68,048

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

4,174

3,564

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

6


81,621

84,964

1.

As a result of restatements impacting prior period balance sheet items, certain items in the Cash Flow Statement have restated accordingly. Refer Note 35 for further information.

2.

Net cash inflows/(outflows) from operating activities includes income taxes paid of $3,129 million (2018: $3,373 million).

3.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the classification and measurement of financial assets were revised. Available-for-sale classification used in comparative periods ceases to exist under AASB 9 and a

new classification of investment securities was introduced. Refer Note 1 and 35 for further details.

4.

Non-cash changes in debt issuances includes fair value hedging loss of $2,437 million (2018: $1,443 million gain) and foreign exchange losses of $3,815 million (2018: $5,712 million loss).

5.

Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid

6.

Includes cash and cash equivalents recognised on the face of balance sheet of $81,621 million (2018: $84,636 million) with no amounts recorded as part of assets held for sale. (2018: $328 million).

The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.

105


106

FINANCIAL REPORT (continued)

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Ordinary

share capital Reserves

Retained

earnings

Share capital

and reserves

attributable to

shareholders

of the Company

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

shareholders’

equity

$m$m$m$m$m$m

As at 1 October 2017

29,08837 29,83458,959116 59,075

Impact on transition to AASB 15 - - 22 22 - 22

Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 7,095 7,095 16 7,111

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (695) (695) - (695)

Other comprehensive income for the year from

continuing operations

-2642428810298

Other comprehensive income for the year from

discontinued operations

-18-18-18

Total comprehensive income for the year

-282 6,4246,706266,732

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity

as equity holders:

1


Dividends paid - - (4,585) (4,585) (2) (4,587)

Dividend income on treasury shares held within

the Group’s life insurance statutory funds

- - 2424-24

Group share buy-back

2

(1,880)-- (1,880)-(1,880)

Other equity movements:

1


- - -- --

Treasury shares Wealth Australia

discontinued operations adjustment

(2)-- (2)-(2)

Group employee share acquisition scheme (1) - - (1) - (1)

Other items - 4 18 22 - 22

As at 30 September 2018

27,205323 31,73759,265140 59,405

Impact on transition to AASB 9 - 14 (624) (610) - (610)

Profit or loss from continuing operations

- - 6,296 6,296 15 6,311

Profit or loss from discontinued operations

- - (343) (343) - (343)

Other comprehensive income for the year from

continuing operations

- 1,393 58 1,451 5 1,456

Other comprehensive income for the year from

discontinued operations

- (97) - (97) - (97)

Total comprehensive income for the year

- 1,296 6,011 7,307 20 7,327

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity

as equity holders:

1


Dividends paid

3


- - (4,481) (4,481) (2) (4,483)

Dividend income on treasury shares held within the

Group’s life insurance statutory funds

- - 12 12 - 12

Group share buy-back

2


(1,120) - - (1,120) - (1,120)

Other equity movements:

1

- - - - - -

Treasury shares Wealth Australia

discontinued operations adjustment

4


405 - - 405 - 405

Group employee share acquisition scheme

- - - - - -

Other items

- (4) 9 5 (147) (142)

As at 30 September 2019

26,490 1,629 32,664 60,783 11 60,794

1

Current and prior periods include discontinued operations.

2

The Company has completed a $3.0 billion on-market share buy-back of ANZ ordinary shares purchasing $1,120 million worth of shares in 2019 (2018: $1,880 million) resulting in 42.0 million shares being

cancelled in 2019 (2018: 66.7 million).

3

No new shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2019 Interim dividend (nil shares for the 2018 final dividend; nil shares for the 2018 Interim dividend) as the shares were

purchased on-market and provided directly to the shareholders participating in the DRP. On-market share purchases for the DRP in 2019 were $432 million (2018: $392 million).

4

The successor funds transfer performed in preparation for the sale of the Group’s wealth business to Zurich and IOOF completed on 13 April 2019. As a result, the Group no longer eliminates the ANZ shares

previously held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations (treasury shares).

The notes appearing on pages 107 to 209 form an integral part of these financial statements.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

106

Financial Report (continued)


107

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

These are the financial statements for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities (together, ‘the

Group’ or ‘ANZ’) for the year ended 30 September 2019. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. The address of the Company’s

registered office and its principal place of business is ANZ Centre, 833 Collins Street, Docklands, Victoria, Australia 3008.

On 30 October 2019, the Directors resolved to authorise the issue of these financial statements.

Information in the financial statements is included only to the extent we consider it material and relevant to the understanding of the financial

statements. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:


the amount is significant in size (quantitative factor);


the information is significant by nature (qualitative factor);


the user cannot understand the Group’s results without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor);


the information is critical to a user’s understanding of the impact of significant changes in the Group’s business during the period - for example,

business acquisitions or disposals (qualitative factor);


the information relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance (qualitative factor); and


the information is required under legislative requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) or by the Group’s principal

regulators, including the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).

This section of the financial statements:


outlines the basis upon which the Group’s financial statements have been prepared; and


discusses any new accounting standards or regulations that directly impact the financial statements.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

This financial report is a general purpose (Tier 1) financial report prepared by a ‘for profit’ entity, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards

(AASs) and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB), the Corporations Act 2001, and International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

We present the financial statements of the Group in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. We have

rounded values to the nearest million dollars ($m), unless otherwise stated, as allowed under the ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors

Report) Instrument 2016/191. We measure the financial statements of each entity in the Group using the currency of the primary economic

environment in which that entity operates (the functional currency).

BASIS OF MEASUREMENT

We have prepared the financial information in accordance with the historical cost basis - except the following assets and liabilities which we have

stated at their fair value:


derivative financial instruments and in the case of fair value hedging, a fair value adjustment is made on the underlying hedged exposure;


financial instruments held for trading;


financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss;


available-for-sale financial assets (prior to 1 October 2018);


financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018); and


certain other assets and liabilities held for sale where the fair value less costs of disposal is less than their carrying value (excludes assets and

liabilities held for sale which are exempt from this requirement).

In accordance with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts (AASB 1038) we have measured life insurance liabilities using the Margin on Services (MoS)

model. In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits (AASB 119) we have measured defined benefit obligations using the Projected Unit

Credit Method.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The aligned dealer groups business sold to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF) completed on 1 October 2018; the life insurance business sold to Zurich

Financial Services Australia Limited completed on 31 May 2019; and the Wealth Australia pensions and investments business sold to IOOF and

associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. These

businesses qualify as discontinued operations, which are a subset of assets held for sale, as they represent a major line of business. The results of the

divested businesses have been included in the ‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’ until their divestment date. The Balance Sheet is not

restated when a business is reclassified as a discontinued operation.


107



108

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries. An entity, including a

structured entity, is considered a subsidiary of the Group when we determine that the Company has control over the entity. Control exists when the

Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its

power over the entity. We assess power by examining existing rights that give the Group the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the

entity. We have eliminated, on consolidation, the effect of all transactions between entities in the Group.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. At the

reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the relevant spot rate.

Any foreign currency translation gains or losses that arise are included in profit or loss in the period they arise.

We measure translation differences on non-monetary items at fair value through profit or loss and report them as part of the fair value gain or loss on

these items. We include any translation differences on non-monetary items classified as investment securities measured at fair value through other

comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018 ) and non-monetary items classified as available-for-sale financial assets in the available-for-

sale revaluation reserve in equity (applicable prior to 1 October 2018).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FOREIGN OPERATIONS THAT HAVE A FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY THAT IS NOT AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS

The financial statements of our foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars for consolidation into the Group Financial Statements using the

following method:

Foreign currency item Exchange rate used

Assets and liabilities The reporting date rate

Equity

The initial investment date rate

Income and expenses

The average rate for the period – but if for a significant transaction we believe

the average rate is not reasonable, then we use the transaction date rate

Exchange differences arising from the translation of financial statements of foreign operations are recognised in the foreign currency translation

reserve in equity. When we dispose of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange differences are transferred to profit or loss as part of the gain or

loss on sale.

FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES

The Group provides fiduciary services to third parties including custody, nominee, trustee, administration and investment management services

predominantly through the wealth businesses. This involves the Group holding assets on behalf of third parties and making decisions regarding the

purchase and sale of financial instruments. If ANZ is not the beneficial owner or does not control the assets, then we do not recognise these

transactions in these financial statements, except when required by accounting standards or another legislative requirement.

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made a number of judgements and applied estimates

and assumptions about past and future events. Further information on the key judgements and estimates that we consider material to

the financial statements are contained within the relevant notes to the financial statements.

ANZ 2018 ANNUAL REPORT

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

108

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
109

1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED IN THE PERIOD

AASB 9 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (AASB 9)

The Group has applied AASB 9 effective from 1 October 2018 (with the exception of the ‘own credit’ requirements relating to financial liabilities

designated as measured at fair value, which were early adopted by the Group effective from 1 October 2013). In addition, the Group chose to early

adopt AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (AASB 2017-6) effective from 1

October 2018. AASB 9 provides an accounting policy choice, which the Group has taken in current period, to continue to apply the AASB 139 hedge

accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed.

AASB 9 and AASB 2017-6 stipulate new requirements for the impairment of financial assets, classification and measurement of financial assets and

financial liabilities and general hedge accounting. Details of the key requirements are outlined within the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

sections on pages 125 and 144 respectively, and a reconciliation of the transitional impact of adopting the standard at 1 October 2018 is set out in

Note 35.

AASB 15 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS (AASB 15)

The Group adopted AASB 15 from 1 October 2018 which resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to amounts recognised in the

consolidated financial statements. The standard requires identification of distinct performance obligations within a contract, and allocation of the

transaction price of the contract to those performance obligations. Revenue is then recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied. The

standard also provides guidance on whether an entity is acting as a principal or an agent which impacts the presentation of revenue on a gross or net

basis. In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 15, the Group has adopted the full retrospective transition approach. Under this

approach, the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard has been recognised as an adjustment to opening retained earnings as at 1 October

2017 and comparative information for the 2018 reporting period has been restated.

The adoption of AASB 15 resulted in the following changes in accounting policy:

Recognition of trail commission revenue: trail commission revenue previously recognised over time is now recognised at the time the Group

initially distributes the underlying product to the customer where it is highly probable the revenue will not need to be reversed in future periods.

This policy change resulted in an increase to the opening balances of Other assets of $32 million, Deferred tax liabilities of $10 million and

Retained earnings of $22 million as at 1 October 2017 to recognise revenue that qualifies for upfront recognition under AASB 15 but was not

previously recognised under AASB 118 Revenue (AASB 118). The change did not impact net profit or earnings per share in the comparative periods.

Presentation: Certain credit card loyalty costs and other costs will be presented as operating expenses where the Group has ass

essed that it is

acting as princip

al (rather than an agent). Previously these costs were presented as a reduction of other operating income. In addition, certain

incentives received from card scheme providers related to card marketing activities will be presented as operating income where the Group has

assessed that it is acting as principal (rather than an agent). Previously these incentives were presented as a reduction of operating expenses.

The presentation of these costs under AASB 15 increased other operating income and operating expenses by $153 million in 2018. The changes

did not impact net profit or earnings per share in the comparative periods.

A minor balance sheet reclassification associated with credit card loyalty programs is set out in Note 35.

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT EARLY ADOPTED

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations have been published but are not mandatory for the financial statements

for the year ended 30 September 2019, and have not been applied by the Group in preparing these financial statements. Further details of these are

set out below.

GENERAL HEDGE ACCOUNTING

AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when

hedging financial and non-financial risks. AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply the AASB 139 hedge

accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed. The Group

currently applies the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.

AASB 16 LEASES (AASB 16)

AASB 16 is effective for the Group from 1 October 2019 and replaces the previous standard AASB 117 Leases (AASB 117). AASB 16 primarily impacts the

Group’s property and technology leases which were previously classified as operating leases. Under AASB 117, operating leases were not recognised

on balance sheet and rent payments were expensed over the lease term.

Under AASB 16, lessees must recognise all leases (except for leases of low value assets and short term leases) on balance sheet under a single

accounting model. Accordingly, the Group will recognise its right to use an underlying leased asset over the lease term as a right-of-use (ROU) asset,

and its obligation to make lease payments as a lease liability. In the income statement, the Group will recognise depreciation expense on the ROU

asset and interest expense on the lease liability. As a result, lease expenses will be higher in the early periods of a lease and lower in the later periods of

the lease compared to the previous standard where expenses were constant over the lease term. Cumulative expenses over the life of a lease will not

change.

109

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
110

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

1. ABOUT OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The Group will apply the modified retrospective transition approach whereby initial lease liabilities are recognised based on the present value of

remaining lease payments as of the transition date. The initial ROU asset recognised for certain large commercial and retail leases will be measured as

if AASB 16 had always been applied to the leases. For all other leases, the initial ROU asset will be measured as equal to the initial lease liability. Based

on this transition approach, the Group expects to recognise an increase in liabilities of $1.7 billion and an increase in assets of $1.6 billion. This is

expected to result in a reduction to opening retained earnings of $82 million and an increase in deferred tax assets of $43 million as of 1 October 2019.

Comparative information from prior periods will not be restated.

The implementation of AASB 16 requires management to make certain key judgements including the determination of lease terms, discount rates

and identifying arrangements that contain a lease. These estimates may be refined as the Group finalises its implementation of the standard in the first

half of the 2020 financial year.

AASB 17 INSURANCE CONTRACTS (AASB 17)

The final version of AASB 17 was issued in July 2017 and is not effective for the Group until 1 October 2021. It will replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts,

AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. AASB 17 establishes principles for the recognition, measurement,

presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts.

The measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements under AASB 17 are significantly different from current accounting standards. Although

the overall profit recognised in respect of insurance contracts will not change, it is expected that the timing of profit recognition will change.

The impact of AASB 17 is not expected to have material impact on the Group.

AASB INTERPRETATION 23 UNCERTAINTY OVER INCOME TAX TREATMENTS (INTERPRETATION 23)

In July 2017 the AASB issued Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. The Interpretation clarifies application of recognition and

measurement requirements in AASB 112 Income Taxes when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments.

Interpretation 23 will apply to the Group from 1 October 2019, and is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

REVISED CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

In June 2019 the AASB issued a revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. The new Framework includes updated definitions and criteria

for the recognition and derecognition of assets and liabilities. Additionally it introduces new concepts on measurement, including factors to consider

when selecting a measurement basis. The revised Conceptual Framework will apply to the Group from 1 October 2020 and is not expected to have a

material impact on the Group.

INTEREST RATE BENCHMARK REFORM

Interbank offered rates (IBORs), such as LIBOR, are a key reference rate for derivatives, loans and securities for global financial markets. In response to

concerns about the transparency and liquidity of IBOR rates, regulators in a number of jurisdictions across the globe are well advanced in developing

benchmark rates to phase out and replace IBORs, these projects are collectively known as ‘IBOR Reform’. The International Accounting Standards

Board (IASB) is also considering the financial reporting implications of IBOR reform which is expected to impact elements of financial instrument

accounting, including hedge accounting, loan modifications, fair value methodologies and disclosures.

The IASB project is split into two phases: Phase 1 deals with pre-replacement issues (issues affecting financial reporting in the period before the

replacement of IBOR’s); and Phase 2 deals with replacement issues (issues affecting financial report

ing when existing IBOR’s are replaced).

In September 2019, the IASB issued a final standard, Interest Rate Benchmark Reform—Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 which focuses on

‘pre-rate replacement issues’ and provides exceptions to specific hedge accounting requirements under IAS 39 and IFRS 9 so that entities will be able

to apply those hedge accounting requirements under an assumption that the interest rate benchmark is not altered as a result of the interest rate

benchmark reform. In October 2019, AASB adopted these amendments in AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest

Rate Benchmark Reform.

Although the Group anticipates the new standard, once adopted, will provide certain relief in relation to hedge accounting requirements, for 30

September 2019 reporting purposes, it has considered the existing portfolio of hedge accounted relationships in light of:


the significant uncertainty surrounding the method and timing of transition away from IBORs; and


ongoing application and reliance in capital markets on IBOR’s for financial instrument pricing.

As result of the above factors, the Group has concluded that continuation of hedge accounting relationships for potentially impacted hedge

relationship remains appropriate.

The Group is considering the new standard which is effective on 1 October 2020 but may be adopted earlier.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

110

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
111

2.OPERATING INCOME

20192018

1


$m$m

Net interest income

Interest income by type of financial asset

Investment securities - FVOCI /Available-for-sale assets

1,624

1,524

Financial assets at amortised cost

28,600

27,657

Trading securities

848

1,140

Financial assets designated at FV through profit or loss

5

6

Interest income 31,077

30,327

Interest expense by type of financial liability

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

(16,149)

(15,082)

Securities sold short

(110)

(253)

Financial liabilities designated at FV through profit or loss

(116)

(123)

Interest expense

(16,375)

(15,458)

Major bank levy

(363)

(355)

Net interest income 14,339

14,514

Other operating income

i) Fee and commission income

Lending fees

602

652

Non-lending fees

3,059

3,054

Commissions

124

92

Funds management income

254

248

Fee and commission income

4,039

4,046

Fee and commission expense

(1,462)

(1,336)

Net fee and commission income 2,577

2,710

ii) Other income

Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income

2


1,278

1,666

Sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

-

99

Sale of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)

-

233

Sale of Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC)

-

240

Sale of ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)

10

(42)

Sale of PNG Retail, Commercial & SME

1

(19)

Sale of OnePath Life (NZ) Ltd (OPL NZ)

89

(3)

Sale of Paymark Limited (Paymark)

37

-

Dividend income on equity securities

28

39

Other

38

91

Other income

1,481

2,304

Other operating income 4,058

5,014

Net income from insurance business 126

273

Share of associates' profit 262

183

Operating income

3

18,785

19,984

1.

On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated

accordingly which increased total operating income by $153 million.

2.

Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk on funding

instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.

3.

Includes customer remediation of $212 million (2018: $228 million).

111

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
112

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

2. OPERATING INCOME (continued)

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

NET INTEREST INCOME

Interest Income and Expense

We recognise interest income and expense for all financial instruments, including those classified as held for trading, assets measured at fair

value through other comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018), available-for-sale assets (applicable prior to 1 October 2018)

or designated at fair value through profit or loss in net interest income. For assets held at amortised cost we use the effective interest rate

method to calculate amortised cost. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the stream of estimated future cash receipts or

payments over the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the

financial asset or liability. For assets subject to prepayment, we determine their expected life on the basis of historical behaviour of the

particular asset portfolio - taking into account contractual obligations and prepayment experience.

We recognise fees and costs, which form an integral part of the financial instrument (for example loan origination fees and costs), using the

effective interest rate method. This is presented as part of interest income or expense depending on whether the underlying financial

instrument is a financial asset or financial liability.

Major Bank Levy

The Major Bank Levy Act 2017 (‘Levy’ or ‘Major bank levy’) applies a rate of 0.06% to certain liabilities of the Company. The Group has

determined that the levy represents a finance cost for the Group and $363 million (2018: $355 million) is presented in interest expense in

the Income Statement

.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Fee and Commission Revenue

We recognise fee and commission revenue arising from contracts with customers (a) over time when the performance obligation is

satisfied across more than one reporting period or (b) at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied immediately or is

satisfied within one reporting period.


Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation of interest income. Lending fees include certain guarantee

and commitment fees where the loan or guarantee is not likely to be drawn upon, and other fees charged for providing customers a

distinct good or service that are recognised separately from the underlying lending product (including annual package fees that

provide benefits on other ANZ products).


Non lending fees includes fees associated with deposit and credit card accounts, interchange fees and fees charged for specific

customer transactions such as international money transfers. Where the Group provides multiple goods or services to a customer

under the same contract, the Group allocates the transaction price of the contract to distinct performance obligations based on the

relative stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. Revenue is recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied.


Commissions represent fees from third parties where ANZ acts as an agent by arranging a third party (e.g. an insurance provider) to

provide goods and services to a customer. In such cases, ANZ is not primarily responsible for providing the underlying good or service

to the customer. If the Group collects funds on behalf of a third party when acting as an agent, the Group only recognises the net

commission it retains as revenue. When the commission is variable based on factors outside the control of the Group (e.g. a trail

commission), revenue is only recognised if it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the variable amount will not be required in

future periods.


Funds management income represent fees earned from customers for providing financial advice and fees for asset management

services and advice provided to investment funds. Revenue is recognised either at the point the financial advice is provided or over

the period in which the asset management services are delivered. Performance fees associated with funds management activities are

only recognised when it becomes highly probable the performance hurdle will be achieved.

Net Foreign Exchange Earnings and Other Financial Instruments Income

We recognise the following as net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income:


exchange rate differences arising on the settlement of monetary items and translation differences on monetary items translated at

rates different to those at which they were initially recognised or included in a previous financial report;


fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives that we use to manage interest rate and foreign

exchange risk on funding instruments not designated as accounting hedges;


the ineffect

ive portions of fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and net investment hedges;

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

112

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



113

2. OPERATING INCOME (continued)


RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT


immediately upon sale or repayment of a hedged item, the unamortised fair value adjustments in items designated as fair value

hedges and amounts accumulated in equity related to designated cash flow hedges;


fair value movements on financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss or held for trading;


amounts released from the available-for-sale asset (AFS) revaluation reserve (applicable prior to 1 October 2018) when an available-for-

sale asset is sold;


amounts released from the fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) reserve (applicable from 1 October 2018) when a

debt instrument classified as FVOCI is sold; and


the gain or loss on derecognition of financial assets or liabilities measured at amortised cost.

Gain or Loss on Disposal of Non-Financial Assets

The gain or loss on the disposal of assets is the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the proceeds of disposal net of costs.

This is recognised in other income in the year in which the significant risks and rewards transfer to the buyer.

NET INCOME FROM INSURANCE BUSINESS

We recognise

:


premiums received (net of reinsurance premiums paid) based on an assessment of the likely pattern in which risk will emerge over the

term of the policies written. This assessment is undertaken periodically and updated in accordance with the latest pattern of risk

emergence; and


claims incurred net of reinsurance, on an accruals basis once the liability to the policy owner has been established under the terms of

the contract and through actuarial assumptions of future claims.

SHARE OF ASSOCIATES’ PROFIT

The equity method is applied to accounting for associates. Under the equity method, the Group’s share of the after tax results of

associates is included in the Income Statement and the Statement of Comprehensive Income.



113

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
114

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses are recognised as services are provided to the Group over the period in which an asset is consumed or once a

liability is created.

SALARIES AND RELATED COSTS - ANNUAL LEAVE, LONG SERVICE LEAVE AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Wages and salaries, annual leave and other employee entitlements expected to be paid or settled within twelve months of

employees

rendering service are measured at their nominal amounts using remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay when

the liabilities are settled.

We accrue employee entitlements relating to long service leave using an actuarial calculation. It includes assumptions regarding staff

departures, leave utilisation and future salary increases. The result is then discounted using market yields at the reporting date. The market

yields are determined from a blended rate of high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity that closely match the estimated future

cash outflows.

If we expect to pay short term cash bonuses, then a liability is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay

this amount (as a result of past service provided by the employee) and the obligation can be reliably measured.

3. OPERATING EXPENSES

20192018

1


$m$m

Personnel

Salaries and related costs

2


4,249

4,225

Superannuation costs

293

290

Other

2


223

243

Personnel 4,765

4,758

Premises

Rent

450

468

Other

345

343

Premises 795

811

Technology

Depreciation and amortisation

3


694

990

Licences and outsourced services

672

675

Other

168

234

Technology (excluding personnel)

1,534

1,899

Restructuring 77

227

Other

Advertising and public relations

226

248

Professional fees

2


537

530

Freight, stationery, postage and communication

216

223

Royal Commission legal costs

15

55

Other

2


906

650

Other

1,900

1,706

Operating expenses

2

9,071

9,401

1.

On adoption of AASB 15, the Group reclassified certain items previously netted which are now presented gross in operating income and operating expenses. Comparative information has been restated

accordingly which increased total operating expense by $153 million for 2018.

2.

Includes customer remediation expenses of $373 million in 2019 (2018: $191 million).

3.

2018 includes an accelerated amortisation expense of $251 million.


ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

114

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

Personnel expenses also include share-based payments which may be cash or equity settled. We calculate the fair value of equity

settled remuneration at grant date, which is then amortised over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in share capital or

the share option reserve as applicable. When we estimate the fair value, we take into account market vesting conditions, such as

share price performance conditions. We take non-market vesting conditions, such as service conditions, into account by adjusting

the number of equity instruments included in the expense.

After the grant of an equity-based award, the amount we recognise as an expense is reversed when non-market vesting conditions

are not met, for example an employee fails to satisfy the minimum service period specified in the award on resignation, termination

or notice of dismissal for serious misconduct. However, we do not reverse the expense if the award does not vest due to the failure to

meet a market-based performance condition.

Further information on share-based payment schemes operated by the Group during the current and prior year is included in Note

31 Employee Share and Option Plans.

3. OPERATING EXPENSES (continued)


115

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
116

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

4. INCOME TAX

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in profit or loss:

20192018

$m$m

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

8,920

9,895

Prima facie income tax expense at 30%

2,676

2,969

Tax effect of permanent differences:

Sale of divestments

(25)

(141)

Share of associates' profit

(78)

(55)

Interest on convertible instruments

63

67

Overseas tax rate differential

(112)

(58)

Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation

39

32

Tax provisions no longer required

(14)

(41)

Other

77

8

Subtotal

2,626

2,781

Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years

(17)

3

Income tax expense

2,609

2,784

Current tax expense

2,779

3,004

Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to the current tax of prior years

(17)

3

Deferred tax expense/(income) relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

(153)

(223)

Income tax expense

2,609

2,784

Australia

1,682

1,799

Overseas

927

985

Effective tax rate

29.2%

28.1%

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

116

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Judgement is required in determining provisions held in respect of uncertain tax positions. The Group estimates its tax liabilities

based on its understanding of the relevant law in each of the countries in which it operates and seeks independent advice where

appropriate.

4. INCOME TAX (continued)

TAX CONSOLIDATION

The Company and all its wholly owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law. The Company is

the head entity in the tax-consolidated group. We recognise each of the following in the separate financial statements of members of the tax

consolidated group on a ‘group allocation’ basis: tax expense/income, and deferred tax liabilities/assets, that arise from temporary differences of the

members of the tax-consolidated group. The Company (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group) recognises current tax liabilities and assets of

the tax-consolidated group.

Under a tax funding arrangement between the entities in the tax-consolidated group, amounts are recognised as payable to or receivable by the

Company and each member of the tax-consolidated group in relation to the tax contribution amounts paid or payable between the Company and

the other members of the tax-consolidated group.

Members of the tax-consolidated group have also entered into a tax sharing agreement that provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities

between the entities were the head entity to default on its income tax payment obligations.

UNRECOGNISED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Unrecognised deferred tax assets related to unused realised tax losses (on revenue account) total $10 million (2018: $4 million). Unrecognised deferred

tax liabilities related to additional potential foreign tax costs (assuming all retained earnings in offshore branches and subsidiaries are repatriated) total

$429 million (2018: $390 million).

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

CURRENT TAX EXPENSE

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

117

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
118

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

5. DIVIDENDS

ORDINARY SHARE DIVIDENDS

Dividends are provided for in the financial statements once determined, accordingly, the final dividend announced for the current financial year is provided for

and paid in the following financial year.

Amount Total dividend

Dividends % of total per share $m

Financial Year 2018

2017 final dividend paid 80 cents 2,350

2018 interim dividend paid 80 cents 2,317

Bonus option plan adjustment (82)

Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2018

4,585

Cash 91.5%4,193

Dividend reinvestment plan 8.5%392

Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2018

4,585

Financial Year 2019

2018 final dividend paid

80 cents 2,295

2019 interim dividend paid

80 cents 2,267

Bonus option plan adjustment

(81)

Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 4,481

Cash

90.4% 4,049

Dividend reinvestment plan

9.6% 432

Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2019 4,481

Amount

Total

dividend

Dividends announced and to be paid after year-end Payment date per share $m

2019 final dividend (70% franked for Australian tax, New Zealand imputation

credit NZD 9 cents per share)

18 December 2019 80 cents 2,268

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN AND BONUS OPTION PLAN

Eligible shareholders can elect to reinvest their dividend entitlement into ANZ ordinary shares under the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan

(DRP). Eligible shareholders can elect to forgo their dividend entitlement and instead receive ANZ ordinary shares under the Company’s Bonus Option

Plan (BOP). For the 2019 final dividend, DRP participation will be satisfied by an on-market purchase of shares and BOP participation will be satisfied by

an issue of ANZ ordinary shares. There will be no discount applied to the DRP and BOP price.

See Note 22 Shareholders’ Equity for details of shares the Company issued or purchased in respect of the DRP and BOP.

DIVIDEND FRANKING ACCOUNT

20192018

Currency

$m$m

Australian franking credits available at 30% tax rate AUD

35 97

New Zealand imputation credits available (which can be attached to our Australian

dividends but may only be used by New Zealand resident shareholders)

NZD

4,068

3,868

The above amounts represent the balances of the franking accounts as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:


franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable as at the end of the financial year; and


franking credits/debits from the receipt/payment of dividends that have been recognised as tax receivables/payables as at the end of the

financial year.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

118

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
119

5. DIVIDENDS (continued)

The proposed final 2019 dividend will utilise the entire balance of $35 million franking credits available at 30 September 2019. Instalment tax

payments on account of the 2020 financial year which will be made after 30 September 2019 will generate sufficient franking credits to enable the

final 2019 dividend to be 70% franked. The extent to which future dividends will be franked will depend on a number of factors, including the level of

profits generated by the Group that will be subject to tax in Australia.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

APRA’s written approval is required before paying dividends on ANZ ordinary shares:

if the aggregate dividends exceed the Company’s after tax earnings (in calculating those after tax earnings, we take into account any payments we

made on senior capital instruments) in the financial year to which they relate; or

if the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio falls within capital range buffers specified by APRA.

If the Company fails to pay a dividend or distribution on its ANZ Capital Notes or ANZ Capital Securities on the scheduled payment date, it may

(subject to a number of exceptions) be restricted from resolving to pay or paying any dividend on the ANZ ordinary shares.

119

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
120

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

6. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

20192018

Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) - Basic

centscents

Earnings Per Share

210.0

221.6

Earnings Per Share from continuing operations

1


222.1

245.6

Earnings Per Share from discontinued operations

(12.1)

(24.0)

20192018

Earnings per ordinary share (EPS) - Diluted

centscents

Earnings Per Share

201.9

212.1

Earnings Per Share from continuing operations

1


213.0

234.2

Earnings Per Share from discontinued operations

(11.1)

(22.1)

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares

outstanding during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group known as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting

the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS calculation for the

effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

20192018

Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations

$m$m

Basic:

Profit for the year

5,968

6,416

Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

15

16

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share 5,953

6,400

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343)

(695)

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing operations 6,296

7,095

Diluted:

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share 5,953

6,400

Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt

268

279

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share

6,221

6,679

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343)

(695)

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 6,564

7,374

20192018

Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) used in earnings per

share calculations

1,2


millionsmillions

WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share

2,834.9

2,888.3

Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares

Convertible subordinated debt

237.9

249.0

Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares)

8.8

11.4

WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share 3,081.6

3,148.7

1.

The successor fund transfer performed in preparation for the sales of the Group’s wealth businesses to Zurich and IOOF was completed on 13 April 2019. Post this date, treasury shares held in Wealth

Australia discontinued operations ceased to be eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and are included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per share. If the weighted

average number of treasury shares held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations was included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per share from continuing operations, basic earnings per

share from continuing operations for 2019 would have been 221.4 cents (2018: 244.4 cents) and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for 2019 would have been 212.4 cents (2018: 233.1

cents).

2.

Excludes the weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST of 4.7 million (2018: 5.9 million) and Wealth Australia discontinued operations of 8.2 million (2018: 15.0 million).

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

120

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
121

7. SEGMENT REPORTING

DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS

The Group’s five continuing operating segments are presented on a basis that is consistent with the information provided internally to the Chief

Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker. This reflects the way the Group’s businesses are managed, rather than the legal structure

of the Group.

We measure the performance of these segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, we remove certain non-core items from statutory

profit. Details of these items are included in the “Other Items” section of this note. Transactions between business units across segments within ANZ

are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses of these segments.

The reportable segments are divisions engaged in providing either different products or services or similar products and services in different

geographical areas. They are as follows:

Australia Retail and Commercial

The Australia Retail and Commercial division comprises:

Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, contact centres, a variety

of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website, ANZ share investing and digital banking) and third party brokers in

addition to financial planning services provided by salaried financial planners.

Commercial provides a full range of banking products and financial services including asset financing across the following customer segments:

medium to large commercial customers and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high net worth

individuals and family groups.

Institutional

The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Loans &

Specialised Finance and Markets.

Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing

as well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.

Loans & Specialised Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance,

debt structuring and acquisition finance and corporate advisory.

Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities, debt capital markets in addition to managing

the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.

New Zealand

The New Zealand division comprises:

Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We

deliver our s

ervices via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and

contact centres.

Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through

dedicated managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises, the agricultural business segment and governments.

Pacific

The Pacific division provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and governments

located in the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated

financial solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.

Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre

TSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk

management, financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes residual Asia Retail and

Wealth, Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and minority investments in Asia.

Refer to Note 29 Discontinued Operations and Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale for details on discontinued operations.

OPERATING SEGMENTS

The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by a number of methodology and structural changes during the period. Prior period

comparatives have been restated as follows:

The methodology for allocating earnings on capital at a business unit level has changed from Economic Capital to Regulatory Capital. While

neutral at a Group level, this change has impacted net interest income at the divisional level;

The residual Asia Retail and Wealth businesses have been transferred from the former Asia Retail and Pacific division to TSO and Group Centre

division. The remaining segment has been renamed Pacific division; and

121

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
122

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)

OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)

ANZ’s lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, general insurance distribution and financial planning businesses which were previously part of

the continuing operations of Wealth Australia now form part of the Australia Retail and Commercial division (previously named Australia division)

and Wealth Australia division ceases to exist as a continuing division.

The divisional results were also impacted by the adoption of two new accounting standards:


AASB 9 - the Group implemented an expected credit loss methodology for impairment of financial assets, and revised the classification and

measurement of certain financial assets from 1 October 2018. Consequently, the Group increased its provision for credit impairment by $813

million through opening retained earnings. Comparative information has not been restated.


AASB 15 - the main impact of adoption is that certain items previously netted are now presented gross in operating income and operating

expenses. Comparative information has been restated which increased total operating income by $153 million and is offset by an increase in total

operating expenses of the same amount.

Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand

Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Other

items

1


Group

Total

Year ended 30 September 2019 $m $m $m $m $m $m $m

Net interest income

8,092 3,080 2,736 128 303 - 14,339

Net fee and commission income

- Lending fees

290 282 16 14 - - 602

- Non-lending fees

1,499 847 691 42 (20) - 3,059

- Commissions

75 - 61 - (12) - 124

- Funds management income

14 2 243 - (5) - 254

- Fee and commission expense

(657) (338) (459) (9) 1 - (1,462)

Net income from insurance business

100 - 18 - 1 7 126

Other income

27 1,399 6 57 243 (251) 1,481

Share of associates’ profit

(1) - 4 - 259 - 262

Other operating income

1,347 2,192 580 104 467 (244) 4,446

Operating income

9,439 5,272 3,316 232 770 (244) 18,785

Operating expenses

(4,074) (2,667) (1,286) (150) (894) - (9,071)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,365 2,605 2,030 82 (124) (244) 9,714

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(712) 2 (87) 1 1 1 (794)

Profit before income tax 4,653 2,607 1,943 83 (123) (243) 8,920

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(1,458) (779) (544) (24) 112 69 (2,624)

Profit after tax from continuing operations

3,195 1,828 1,399 59 (11) (174) 6,296

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(343)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders

5,953

Non-cash items

Share of associates’ profit

(1) - 4 - 259 - 262

Depreciation and amortisation

(176) (112) (41) (7) (535) - (871)

Equity-settled share based payment expenses

(13) (69) (4) (1) (33) - (120)

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(712) 2 (87) 1 1 1 (794)

Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Discontinued

operations

Group

Total

Financial position

$m $m$m$m$m$m$m

Goodwill

410 1,070 1,937 50 - 42 3,509

Investments in associates

17 2 - - 2,938 - 2,957

1.

Cash profit represents ANZ's preferred measure of the result of the segments. We remove certain items from the segments as discussed on page 124 if we consider them not integral to the ongoing

performance of the segment.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

122

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
123

7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)

OPERATING SEGMENT (continued)

Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Other

items

1


Group

Total

Year ended 30 September 2018

$m$m$m$m$m$m$m

Net interest income 8,449 2,993 2,651 131 290 - 14,514

Net fee and commission income

- Lending fees 35326915141-652

- Non-lending fees 1,494832 6573932-3,054

- Commissions 83-42-(33)-92

- Funds management income 225 230-(9)-248

- Fee and commission expense (609)(289)(417)(8)(13)-(1,336)

Net income from insurance business 1261117 -1019 273

Other income 42 1,24822 55339598 2,304

Share of associates’ profit (1) - 5 - 179 - 183

Other operating income 1,510 2,066 671 100 506 617 5,470

Operating income 9,959 5,059 3,322 231 796 617 19,984

Operating expenses (4,075) (2,948) (1,205) (128) (1,045) - (9,401)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax5,884 2,111 2,117 103(249)617 10,583

Credit impairment (charge)/release(698)44 (6)(3)(25)- (688)

Profit before income tax

5,1862,155 2,111100(274)617 9,895

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests(1,560)(675)(590)(28)62(9)(2,800)

Profit after tax from continuing operations

3,6261,480 1,52172(212)608 7,095

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (695)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders

6,400

Non-cash items

Share of associates’ profit (1) - 5 - 179 - 183

Depreciation and amortisation (217) (410)(48)(7)(517)-(1,199)

Equity-settled share based payment expenses(17)(83)(7)(1)(29)(1) (138)

Credit impairment (charge)/release(698)44 (6)(3)(25)- (688)

Australia

Retail and

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

TSO and

Group

Centre

Discontinued

operations

Group

Total

Financial position

2


$m$m$m$m$m$m$m

Goodwill270 1,067 1,97948 - 7674,131

Investments in associates 18 1 5 - 2,531- 2,555

1.

Cash profit represents ANZ's preferred measure of the result of the segments. We remove certain items from the segments as discussed on page 124 if we consider them not integral to the ongoing

performance of the segment.

2.

Includes goodwill of $691 million and investments in associates of $2 million presented as assets held for sale.

123

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
124

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

7. SEGMENT REPORTING (continued)

OTHER ITEMS

The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.

Profit after tax

20192018

ItemRelatedsegment

$m$m

Revaluation of policy liabilities New Zealand

(77)

14

Economic hedges Institutional, TSO and Group Centre

(118)

248

Revenue and expense hedges TSO and Group Centre

19

9

Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional

2

4

Reclassification of SRCB to held for sale TSO and Group Centre

-

333

Total from continuing operations

(174)

608

SEGMENT INCOME BY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

The primary sources of our external income across all divisions are interest income and other operating income. The Australia, New Zealand, and

Pacific divisions derive income from products and services from retail and commercial banking. The Institutional division derives its income from

institutional products and services. No single customer amounts to greater than 10% of the Group’s income.

GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out total operating income earned including discontinued operations and assets to be recovered in more than one year

based on the geographical regions in which the Group operates. The assets consist of investment securities measured at fair value through other

comprehensive income (applicable from 1 October 2018), available-for-sale assets (prior to 1 October 2018), net loans and advances and assets

presented as held for sale.

Australia

Asia Pacific,

Europe & Americas New Zealand Total

2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018

$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m

Total operating income

12,394

13,286

2,613

2,823

3,947

3,956

18,954

20,065

Assets to be recovered in more than one year

386,062

389,119

48,545

46,801

105,642

98,312

540,249

534,232

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

124

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
125

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial assets relevant to the subsequent note disclosures.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT

Financial assets - general

There are three measurement classifications for financial assets under AASB 9: amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and

fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Financial assets are classified into these measurement classifications on the basis

of two criteria:


the business model within which the financial asset is managed; and


the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (specifically whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of

principal and interest).

The resultant financial asset classifications are as follows:


Amortised cost: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest only and which are held in

a business model whose objective is to collect their cash flows;


FVOCI: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest only and which are held in a

business model whose objective is to collect their cash flows or to sell the assets; and


FVTPL: Any other financial assets not falling into the categories above are measured at FVTPL.

Fair value option for financial assets

A financial asset may be irrevocably designated at FVTPL on initial recognition when the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an

accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise.

8. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

20192018

$m$m

Coins, notes and cash at bank

1,186

1,382

Money at call, bills receivable and remittances in transit

3

74

Securities purchased under agreements to resell in less than 3 months

25,277

28,302

Balances with central banks

25,681

33,724

Settlement balances owed to ANZ within 3 months

29,474

21,154

Cash and cash equivalents

1

81,621

84,636

1.

Excludes cash and cash equivalents held for sale of nil (2018: $328 million).

125

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
126

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

9. TRADING SECURITIES

20192018

$m$m

Government securities

27,177

26,115

Corporate and financial institution securities

9,640

7,825

Equity and other securities

7,271

3,782

Total 44,088

37,722

Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)

(919)

-

Total

43,169

37,722

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 

Trading securities are financial instruments we either:


acquire principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term; or


hold as part of a portfolio we manage for short-term profit making.

We recognise purchases and sales of trading securities on trade date:


initially, we measure them at fair value; and


subsequently, we measure them in the balance sheet at their fair value with any revaluation recognised in the profit or loss.

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Judgement is required when applying the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of trading securities not valued using

quoted market prices. Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for further details.

26,115

7,825

3,782

27,177

9,640

7,27 1


20192018

● Gover nment securities


Corporate and nancial



institution securities

● Equity and other securities

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

126

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



127

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


Assets

2019

Liabilities

2019

Assets

2018

Liabilities

2018

Fair Value


$m $m $m $m

Derivative financial instruments - held for trading


116,622 (116,778)

66,457 (66,198)

Derivative financial instruments - designated in hedging relationships


4,045 (4,173)

1,966 (3,478)

Derivative financial instruments 120,667 (120,951)

68,423 (69,676)

FEATURES

Derivative financial instruments are contracts:


whose value is derived from an underlying price index (or other variable) defined in the contract - sometimes the value is derived from more than

one variable;


that require little or no initial net investment; and


that are settled at a future date.

Movements in the price of the underlying variables, which cause the value of the contract to fluctuate, are reflected in the fair value of the derivative.

PURPOSE


The Group’s derivative financial instruments have been categorised as following:

Trading

Derivatives held in order to:


Meet customer needs for managing their own risks.


Manage risks in the Group that are not in a designated hedge accounting relationship (balance sheet

management).


Undertake market making and positioning activities to generate profits from short-term fluctuations in prices

or margins.

Designated in Hedging

Relationships

Derivatives designated into hedge accounting relationships in order to minimise profit or loss volatility by matching

movements to underlying positions relating to:


Hedges of the Group’s exposures to interest rate risk and currency risk.


Hedges of other exposures relating to non-trading positions.

TYPES

The Group offers and uses four different types of derivative financial instruments:

Forwards

A contract documenting the rate of interest, or the currency exchange rate, to be paid or received on a notional

principal amount at a future date.

Futures

An exchange traded contract in which the parties agree to buy or sell an asset in the future for a price agreed on the

transaction date, with a net settlement in cash paid on the future date without physical delivery of the asset.

Swaps

A contract in which two parties exchange a series of cash flows for another.

Options

A contract in which the buyer of the contract has the right - but not the obligation - to buy (known as a “call option”)

or to sell (known as a “put option”) an asset or instrument at a set price on a future date. The seller has the

corresponding obligation to fulfil the transaction to sell or buy the asset or instrument if the buyer exercises

the option.

RISKS MANAGED

The Group offers and uses the instruments described above to manage fluctuations in the following market factors:

Foreign Exchange

Currencies at current or determined rates of exchange.

Interest Rate

Fixed or variable interest rates applying to money lent, deposited or borrowed.

Commodity

Soft commodities (that is, agricultural products such as wheat, coffee, cocoa and sugar) and hard commodities (that

is, mined products such as gold, oil and gas).

Credit

Counterparty risk in the event of default.

127

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
128

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – HELD FOR TRADING

The majority of the Group’s derivative financial instruments are held for trading. The fair value of derivative financial instruments held for trading are:

Assets LiabilitiesAssets Liabilities

2019 201920182018

Fair Value

$m $m$m$m

Interest rate contracts

Forward rate agreements

74 (78)

2(2)

Futures contracts

41 (109)

54(41)

Swap agreements

82,996 (80,588)

35,079(35,428)

Options purchased

1,454 -

782-

Options sold

- (2,317)

-(1,408)

Total 84,565 (83,092)

35,917(36,879)

Foreign exchange contracts

Spot and forward contracts

15,987 (15,359)

15,200(14,088)

Swap agreements

13,836 (16,235)

12,532(11,821)

Options purchased

405 -

494-

Options sold

- (514)

-(669)

Total

30,228 (32,108)

28,226(26,578)

Commodity contracts 1,807 (1,553)

2,260(2,683)

Credit default swaps

Structured credit derivatives purchased

16 -

22-

Other credit derivatives purchased

4 (3)

8(29)

Credit derivatives purchased

20 (3)

30(29)

Structured credit derivatives sold

- (19)

-(26)

Other credit derivatives sold

2 (3)

24(3)

Credit derivatives sold 2 (22)

24(29)

Total 22 (25)

54(58)

Derivative financial instruments - held for trading 116,622 (116,778)

66,457(66,198)

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

128

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



129

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – DESIGNATED IN HEDGING RELATIONSHIPS

There are three types of hedge accounting relationships the Group utilises:



Fair value hedge Cash flow hedge Net investment hedge

Objective of this

hedging

arrangement

To hedge our exposure to changes to

the fair value of a recognised asset or

liability or unrecognised firm

commitment caused by interest rate

or foreign currency movements.

To hedge our exposure to variability in

cash flows of a recognised asset or

liability, a firm commitment or a highly

probable forecast transaction caused

by interest rate, foreign currency and

other price movements.

To hedge our exposure to exchange

rate differences arising from the

translation of our foreign operations

from their functional currency to

Australian dollars.

Recognition of

effective hedge

portion



The following are recognised in profit

or loss at the same time:


all changes in the fair value of the

underlying item relating to the

hedged risk; and


the change in the fair value

of the derivatives.

We recognise the effective portion of

changes in the fair value of derivatives

designated as a cash flow hedge in

the cash flow hedge reserve.

We recognise the effective portion of

changes in the fair value of the

hedging instrument in the foreign

currency translation reserve.

Recognition of

ineffective hedge

portion

Recognised immediately in Other operating income.

If a hedging

instrument expires,

or is sold, terminated,

or exercised; or no

longer qualifies for

hedge accounting

When we recognise the hedged item

in profit or loss, we recognise the

related unamortised fair value

adjustment in profit or loss. This may

occur over time if the hedged item is

amortised to profit or loss as part of

the effective yield over the period

to maturity.

Only when we recognise the hedged

item in profit or loss is the amount

previously deferred in the cash flow

hedge reserve transferred to profit

or loss.

The amount we defer in the foreign

currency translation reserve remains in

equity and is transferred to profit or

loss only when we dispose of, or

partially dispose of, the foreign

operation.

Hedged item sold or

repaid

We recognise the unamortised fair

value adjustment immediately in

profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in equity are

transferred immediately to profit

or loss.

The gain or loss, or applicable

proportion, we recognise in equity is

transferred to profit or loss on disposal

or partial disposal of a foreign

operation.


129

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
130

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


(continued)

As outlined in Note 1, the Group has continued to apply the AASB 139 hedge accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards

Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed. However, new hedge disclosures are required for 2019 and onwards under AASB 7

Financial Instruments: Disclosures (AASB 7) which are presented below. The presentation of derivatives information for 2018 has not been amended.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships are:

2019

2018

Nominal

amount Assets LiabilitiesAssets Liabilities

$m $m $m$m$m

Fair value hedges

Foreign exchange swap agreements

21 1 -

1-

Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts

581 - (9)

1-

Interest rate swap agreements

108,243 2,093 (3,155)

1,261(3,001)

Interest rate futures contracts

3,139 - (27)

47(1)

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate swap agreements

84,365 1,876 (832)

592(379)

Foreign exchange swap agreements

2,934 75 (91)

44(52)

Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts

159 - (1)

2-

Net investment hedges

Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts

1,484 - (58)

18(45)

Derivative financial instruments - designated in

hedging relationships

200,926 4,045 (4,173)

1,966(3,478)

The maturity profile of the nominal amounts of our hedging instruments held at 30 September 2019 is:

Nominal Amount

Average

Rate

Less than 3

months

$m

3 to 12

months

$m

1 to 5

years

$m

After

5 years

$m

Total

$m

Fair value hedges

Interest rate

Interest Rate 1.95% 3,195 18,407 63,873 25,907 111,382

Foreign exchange

HKD/AUD FX Rate 5.38 602 - - - 602

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate

Interest Rate 2.15% 1,088 14,040 66,880 2,357 84,365

Foreign exchange

1


AUD/USD FX Rate 0.72

40 120 1,652 1,281 3,093

USD/EUR FX Rate 0.91

Net investment hedges

Foreign exchange

TWD/AUD FX Rate 21.41

474 1,010 - - 1,484

THB/AUD FX Rate 21.77

1.

Hedges of foreign exchange risk cover multiple currency pairs. The table reflects the larger currency pairs only.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

130

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
131

10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


(continued)

The impact of ineffectiveness from our designated hedge relationships by type of hedge relationship and type of risk being hedged are:

Ineffectiveness

Amount reclassified from

the cash flow hedge

reserve or FCTR to profit

and loss

Change in value

of hedging

instrument

Change in value

of hedged item

Hedge ineffectiveness

recognised in profit

and loss

2019$m$m$m$m

Fair value hedges

1


Interest rate

586 (582) 4 -

Foreign exchange

(36) 36 - -

Cash flow hedges

1


Interest rate

836 (825) 11 14

Foreign exchange

20 (20) - 2

Net investment hedges

1


Foreign exchange

(144) 144 - -

1.

All hedging instruments are held within Derivative Financial Instruments.

Hedge ineffectiveness recognised is classified within Other operating income. Reclassification adjustments to the Statement of Comprehensive

Income are recognised within Net interest income.

Hedged items in relation to the Group’s fair value hedges for 30 September 2019 are as follows:

Carrying amount

Accumulated fair value

hedge adjustments on

the hedged ite

m

Balance sheet

presentationHedged risk

Assets

$m

Liabilities

$m

Assets

$m

Liabilities

$m

Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate

2,281 - 17 -

Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate

- (67,555) - (1,749)

Fixed rate investment securities (FVOCI)

1

Investment securities Interest rate

47,641 - 1,907 -

Equity securities at FVOCI

1

Investment securities Foreign exchange

581 - 52 -

Total

50,503 (67,555) 1,976 (1,749)

1.

The carrying amount of debt and equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income does not include the fair value hedge adjustment as the hedge assets are measured at fair value. The

accounting for the hedge relationship results in transfer of the hedge adjustment out of other comprehensive income into the Income Statement.

The cumulative amount of fair value hedge adjustments relating to ceased hedge relationships remaining on the Balance Sheet is $8 million.

131

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
132

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Hedged items in relation to the Group’s cash flow and net investment hedges for 30 September 2019 are as follows:

Cash flow

hedge reserve

Foreign currency

translation reserve

Continuing

hedges

Discontinued

hedges

Continuing

hedges

Discontinued

hedges

Hedged risk $m$m$m$m

Cash flow hedges

Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate

1,587 41 - -

Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate

(577) (32) - -

Foreign currency debt issuance Foreign exchange

14 - - -

Foreign currency investment securities Foreign exchange

6 - - -

Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange

3 - - -

Net investment hedges

Foreign operations Foreign exchange

- - (159) (149)

The table below details the reconciliation of the cash flow hedge reserve by risk type:

Interest rate

Foreign

currencyTotal

$m$m$m

Balance at 1 October 2018

128 (1) 127

Fair value gains

825 20 845

Transferred to income statement

14 2 16

Income taxes and others

(251) (6) (257)

Balance at 30 September 2019

716 15 731

Hedges from net investments in a foreign operation resulted in a $144 million decrease in FCTR during the year. There were no reclassifications from

FCTR to the income statement during the year.

2018 Disclosure

The impact recognised in profit or loss arising from derivative financial instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships, are as follows:

Hedge 2018

accounting type $m

Gain/(Loss) recognised in Other operating income

Hedged item Fair value 1,190

Hedging instrument Fair value (1,210)

Ineffective portion of hedging instrument Cash flow 13

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

132

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
133

10.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


(continued)

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

Recognition

Initially and at each reporting date, we recognise all derivatives at fair value. If the fair value of a

derivative is positive, then we carry it as an asset, but if its value is negative, then we carry it as a

liability.

Valuation adjustments are integral in determining the fair value of derivatives. This includes:


a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) to reflect the counterparty risk and/or event of default; and


a funding valuation adjustment (FVA) to account for funding costs and benefits in the

derivatives portfolio.

Derecognition of

assets and liabilities

We remove derivative assets from our balance sheet when the contracts expire or we have transferred

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. We remove derivative liabilities from our balance

sheet when the Group’s contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

Impact on the

Income Statement

How we recognise gains or losses on derivative financial instruments depends on whether the

derivative is held for trading or is designated into a hedging relationship. For derivative financial

instruments held for trading, gains or losses from changes in the fair value are recognised in profit or

loss.

For an instrument designated into a hedging relationship, the recognition of gains or losses depends

on the nature of the item being hedged. Refer to the previous table on page 129 for profit or loss

treatment depending on the hedge type.

Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk and differences in discounting between the

hedged items and the hedging instruments. The hedging instruments are discounted using Overnight

Index Swaps discount curves which are not applied to the hedged items.

Hedge effectiveness

To qualify for hedge accounting a hedge is expected to be highly effective. A hedge is highly effective

only if the following conditions are met:


the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash

flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated

(prospective effectiveness); and


the actual results of the hedge are within the range of 80-125% (retrospective effectiveness).

The Group monitors hedge effectiveness on a regular basis but at a minimum at least at each

reporting date.

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Judgement is required when we select the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of derivatives, particularly the selection of

valuation inputs that are not readily observable, and the application of valuation adjustments to certain derivatives. Refer to Note 17 Fair

Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for further details.

133

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
134

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

20192018

$m$m

Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt securities

76,489

-

Equity securities

1,221

-

Investment securities measured at amortised cost

Debt securities

1


5,999

-

Available-for-sale assets

Debt securities

-

74,268

Equity securities

-

1,095

Total 83,709

75,363

Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)

-

(1,079)

Total 83,709

74,284

1.

Includes allowance for expected credit losses of $13 million.

Less than 3

months

3 to 12

months 1 to 5 years After 5 years

No

maturity Total

2019 Investment securities

$m $m $m $m $m $m

Government securities

6,768 14,665 26,200 12,603 - 60,236

Corporate and financial institution securities

1,280 2,719 15,965 374 - 20,338

Other securities

- - 183 1,731 - 1,914

Equity securities

- - - - 1,221 1,221

Total 8,048 17,384 42,348 14,708 1,221 83,709

2018 Available-for-sale assets

Government securities 6,715 8,159 28,144 12,455 -55,473

Corporate and financial institution securities 948 2,549 13,283 287 - 17,067

Other securities- - 159 1,569-1,728

Equity securities- - - - 1,0951,095

Total

7,663 10,708 41,586 14,311 1,095 75,363

Less: Assets reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29) (1,079)

Total

74,284


20192018

● Gover nment securities


Corporate and nancial


institution securities

● Other securities

● Equity securities

60,236

20,338

1,914

1,221

55,473

17,067

1,7281,095

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

134

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



135

11. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

During the year, the Group recognised a net gain (before tax) in other operating income from the recycling of gains/losses previously deferred in

equity of $240 million (2018: $48 million) in respect of investment securities (applicable from 1 October 2018) and available-for-sale assets (prior to 1

October 2018).

The carrying value of equity securities at FVOCI / AFS equity securities is $1,221 million (2018: $1,095 million). This includes the Group’s $1,106 million

(2018: $1,025 million) investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT).


RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

Policy applicable from 1 October 2018

Investment securities are those financial assets in security form (i.e. transferable debt or equity instruments) that are not held for trading

purposes. By way of exception, bills of exchange (a form of security/transferable instrument) which are used to facilitate the Group’s

customer lending activities are classified as Loans and advances (rather than Investment securities) to better reflect the substance of the

arrangement.

Non-traded equity investments may be designated at FVOCI on an instrument by instrument basis. If this election is made, gains or losses

are not reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss on disposal of the investment. However, gains or losses may be

reclassified within equity.

Assets disclosed as Investment securities are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for Financial Assets outlined at

the commencement of the Group’s financial asset disclosures on page 125. Additionally, expected credit losses associated with

“Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost” and “Investment securities - debt securities at fair value through other

comprehensive income” are recognised and measured in accordance with the accounting policy outlined in Note 13. For “Investment

securities – debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income” the allowance for ECL is recognised in the FVOCI reserve in

equity with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.

Policy applicable prior to 1 October 2018

AFS assets comprise non-derivative financial assets which we designate as AFS since we do not hold them principally for trading purposes.

They include both equity and debt securities. AFS assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs and are revalued at least

bi-annually. On revaluation, we include movements in fair value within the available-for-sale revaluation reserve in equity, except for certain

items which are recognised directly in profit or loss, being interest on debt securities, dividends received, foreign exchange on debt

securities and impairment charges.

When we sell the asset, any cumulative gain or loss from the available-for-sale revaluation reserve is recognised in profit or loss.

At each reporting date, we assess whether any AFS assets are impaired. We assess the impairment of any debt securities if an event has

occurred which will have a negative impact on the asset’s estimated cash flows. For equity securities, we assess if there is a significant or

prolonged decline in their fair value below cost.

If an AFS asset is impaired, then we remove the cumulative loss related to that asset from the available-for-sale revaluation reserve. We then

recognise it in profit or loss for:


debt instruments, as a credit impairment expense; and


equity instruments, as a negative impact in other operating income.

We recognise any later reversals of impairment on debt securities in the profit or loss through the credit impairment charge line. However,

we do not make any reversals of impairment for equity securities. To the extent previously impaired equity securities recover in value, gains

are recognised directly in equity.



KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Judgement is required when we select valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of assets not valued using quoted market

prices, particularly the selection of valuation inputs that are not readily observable. Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and

Financial Liabilities for further details.

 


135

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
136

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

12. NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

The following table provides details of net loans and advances for the Group:

20192018

$m$m

Overdrafts

7,267

7,061

Credit cards

9,241

9,890

Commercial bills

6,159

6,861

Term loans – housing

343,808

346,154

Term loans – non-housing

248,337

234,405

Other

3,483

3,442

Subtotal

618,295

607,813

Unearned income

(398)

(430)

Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees

870

997

Gross loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)

618,767

608,380

Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 13)

1,2


(3,509)

(2,917)

Net loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)

615,258

605,463

Less: Net loans and advances reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)

-

(999)

Net loans and advances

615,258

604,464

Residual contractual maturity:

Within one year

133,273

126,811

More than one year

481,985

477,653

Net loans and advances

615,258

604,464

Carried on Balance Sheet at:

Amortised cost

614,336

604,331

Fair value through profit or loss

922

133

Net loans and advances

615,258

604,464

1.

On adoption of AASB 9 on 1 October 2018, the Group increased the collectively assessed provision by $647 million. Comparative information has not been restated. Refer to Note 35 for further details.

2.

$500 million of collectively assessed provisions and $26 million of individually assessed provision for credit impairment attributable to off-balance sheet credit related commitments at 2018 were reclassified

from Net loans and advances at amortised cost to Other provisions to enhance comparability with current period presentation.

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT


Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and

are facilities the Group provides directly to customers or through third party channels.

Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the loan or advance,

which are primarily brokerage/mortgage origination fees which we amortise over the estimated life of the loan. Subsequently, we then

measure loans and advances at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, net of any provision for credit impairment, or at fair

value when they are specifically designated on initial recognition as fair value through profit or loss or when held for trading.

We classify contracts to lease assets and hire purchase agreements as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of

ownership of the asset to the customer or an unrelated third party. We include these facilities in ‘Other’ in the table above.

The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers financial assets that are recognised on its balance sheet. When the Group retains

substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the transferred assets remain on the Group’s balance sheet, however if

substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred, the Group derecognises the asset.

If the risks and rewards are partially retained and control over the asset is lost, the Group derecognises the asset. If control over the asset is

not lost, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement.

We separately recognise the rights and obligations retained, or created, in the transfer of assets and liabilities as appropriate.

From 1 October 2018, assets disclosed as net loans and advances are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for

Financial Assets outlined at the commencement of the Group’s Financial Asset disclosures on page 125. Additionally, expected credit losses

associated with loans and advances at amortised cost are recognised and measured in accordance with the accounting policy outlined in

Note 13.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

136

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
137

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

As described in Note 1 and 35, the Group adopted AASB 9 effective from 1 October 2018 which resulted in the application of an expected credit loss

(ECL) model for measuring impairment of financial assets and amendments to the presentation of credit impairment information for the current year.

Comparative information has not been restated.

The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL (including allowance for ECL reclassified as held for sale) for the year.

Net loans and advances - at amortised cost

Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.

Stage 3

Stage 1

$m

Stage 2

$m

Collectiv

ely

assessed

$m

Individually

assessed

$m

Total

$m

As at 1 October 2018 920 1,391 359 894 3,564

Transfer between stages

166 (308) (91) 233 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

(168) 291 147 1,139 1,409

Write-backs

- - - (382) (382)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - (1,076) (1,076)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1


9 4 (2) (17) (6)

As at 30 September 2019

927 1,378 413 791 3,509

1.

Includes the impacts of divestments completed in 2019 and the impact of discount unwind on individually assessed allowance for ECL.

The movement in expected credit losses is consistent with the movement in corresponding gross balances.

Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost

Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.

Stage 3

Stage 1

$m

Stage 2

$m

Collectively

assessed

$m

Individually

assessed

$m

Total

$m

As at 1 October 2018 9 2 - - 11

Transfer between stages

- - - - -

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

2 (1) - - 1

Write-backs

- - - - -

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - - -

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1 - - - 1

As at 30 September 2019

12 1 - - 13

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI

Allowance for ECL does not change the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in the FVOCI

reserve in equity, with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.

Stage 3

Stage 1

$m

Stage 2

$m

Collectively

assessed

$m

Individually

assessed

$m

Total

$m

As at 1 October 2018 14 - - - 14

Transfer between stages

- - - - -

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

(2) - - - (2)

Write-backs

- - - - -

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - - -

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1


(4) - - - (4)

As at 30 September 2019

8 - - - 8

1.

Includes the impacts of divestments completed in 2019.

137

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
138

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities

Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.

Stage 3

Stage 1

$m

Stage 2

$m

Collectively

assessed

$m

Individually

assessed

$m

Total

$m

As at 1 October 2018 474 166 15 26 681

Transfer between stages 27 (29) - 2 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

(36) 12 6 - (18)

Write-backs

- - - (3) (3)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - - -

Foreign currency translation and other movements

8 2 - (2) 8

As at 30 September 2019

473 151 21 23 668

2018 Provision for credit impairment disclosures under AASB 139

The below disclosure does not reflect the adoption of AASB 9 and is prepared under the requirements of the previous AASB 139.

Net loans and

advances

Off-balance sheet

credit related

commitmentsTotal

201820182018

Provision for credit impairment $m $m $m

Individual provision

Balance at start of year 1,118 18 1,136

New and increased provisions 1,426 18 1,444

Write-backs (425)-(425)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) (1,224) - (1,224)

Other

1

(1)(10)(11)

Total individual provision

89426920

Collective provision

Balance at start of year 2,118 544 2,662

Charge/(release) to profit or loss (34) (51) (85)

Other

2

(61) 7(54)

Total collective provision

2,0235002,523

Total provision for credit impairment

2,9175263,443

1.

Other individual provision includes the impact of the sale completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth business divestment in 2018. It includes an adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations and the impact of

discount unwind on individual provisions.

2.

Other collective provision includes the impact of the sale completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth business divestment, and an adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

138

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
139

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES (continued)

CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGE - INCOME STATEMENT

Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis under AASB 9

2019

$m

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

1


- Collectively assessed

16

- Individually assessed

1,374

Write-backs

(385)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

(212)

Total credit impairment charge

793

Less: credit impairment charge/(release) from discontinued operations

(1)

Total credit impairment charge from continuing operations 794

1.

Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.

The contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the period ended 30 September 2019 and that are still subject to

enforcement activity is $212 million.

2018 Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis under AASB 139

The below disclosures do not reflect the adoption of AASB 9 and are prepared under the requirements of the previous AASB 139.

2018

$m

New and increased individual provisions

1,444

Write-backs

(425)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

(246)

Individually assessed credit impairment charge

773

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (85)

Credit impairment charge 688

139

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
140

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES


(continued)

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

Policy applicable from 1 October 2018

EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS IMPAIRMENT MODEL

The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased, probability weighted prediction which evaluates a range of scenarios and

takes into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Expected credit losses are either measured over 12 months or the expected lifetime of the financial asset, depending on credit

deterioration since origination, according to the following three-stage approach:


Stage 1: At the origination of a financial asset, and where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since origination, an

allowance equivalent to 12 months ECL is recognised reflecting the expected credit losses resulting from default events that are possible

within the next 12 months from the reporting date. For instruments with a remaining maturity of less than 12 months, expected credit

losses are estimated based on default events that are possible over the remaining time to maturity.


Stage 2: Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination, an allowance equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised

reflecting expected credit losses resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. If credit risk

were to improve in a subsequent period such that the increase in credit risk since origination is no longer considered significant, the

exposure returns to a Stage 1 classification and a 12 month ECL applies.


Stage 3: Where there is objective evidence of impairment, an allowance equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for exposures in Stage 1 and Stage 2, and on either a collective or individual basis

when transferred to Stage 3.

MEASUREMENT OF EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS

ECL is calculated as the product of the following credit risk factors at a facility level, discounted to incorporate the time value of money:


Probability of default (PD) - the estimate of the likelihood that a borrower will default over a given period;


Exposure at default (EAD) - the expected balance sheet exposure at default taking into account repayments of principal and interest,

expected additional drawdowns and accrued interest; and


Loss given default (LGD) - the expected loss in the event of the borrower defaulting, expressed as a percentage of the facility's EAD,

taking into account direct and indirect recovery costs.

These credit risk factors are adjusted for current and forward looking information through the use of macro-economic variables.

EXPECTED LIFE

When estimating ECL for exposures in Stage 2 and 3, the Group considers the expected lifetime over which it is exposed to credit risk.

For non-retail portfolios, the Group uses the maximum contractual period as the expected lifetime for non-revolving credit facilities. For

non-retail revolving credit facilities, such as corporate lines of credit, the expected life reflects the Group’s contractual right to withdraw a

facility as part of a contractually agreed annual review, after taking into account the applicable notice period.

For retail portfolios, the expected lifetime is determined using beh

avioural term, taking into account expected prepayment behaviour and

substantial modifications.

DEFINITION OF DEFAULT, CREDIT IMPAIRED AND WRITE-OFFS

The definition of default used in measuring expected credit losses is aligned to the definition used for internal credit risk management

purposes across all portfolios. This definition is also in line with the regulatory definition of default. Default occurs when there are indicators

that a debtor is unlikely to fully satisfy contractual credit obligations to the Group, or the exposure is 90 days past due.

Financial assets, including those that are well secured, are considered credit impaired for financial reporting purposes when they default.

When there is no realistic probability of recovery, loans are written off against the related impairment allowance on completion of the

Group’s internal processes and when all reasonably expected recoveries have been collected. In subsequent periods, any recoveries of

amounts previously written-off are credited to credit impairment charge in the income statement.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

140

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
141

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES


(continued)

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

MODIFIED FINANCIAL ASSETS

If the terms of a financial asset are modified or an existing financial asset is replaced with a new one for either credit or commercial reasons,

an assessment is made to determine if the changes to the terms of the existing financial asset are considered substantial. This assessment

considers both changes in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as changes in the overall instrument risk profile; for example,

changes in the principal (credit limit), term, or type of underlying collateral. Where a modification is considered non-substantial, the existing

financial asset is not derecognised and its date of origination continues to be used to determine SICR. Where a modification is considered

substantial, the existing financial asset is derecognised and a new financial asset is recognised at its fair value on the modification date, which

also becomes the date of origination used to determine SICR for this new asset.

SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK (SICR)

Stage 2 assets ar

e those that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since origination. In determining what constitutes a

SICR, the Group considers both qualitative and quantitative information:

i.Internal credit rating grade

For the majority of portfolios, the primary indicator of a SICR is a significant deterioration in the internal credit rating grade of a facility since

origination and is measured by application of thresholds.

For non-retail portfolios, a SICR is determined by comparing the Customer Credit Rating (CCR) applicable to a facility at reporting date to

the CCR at origination of that facility. A CCR is assigned to each borrower which reflects the probability of default of the borrower and

incorporates both borrower and non-borrower specific information, including forward looking information. CCRs are subject to review at

least annually or more frequently when an event occurs which could affect the credit risk of the customer.

For retail portfolios, a SICR is determined by comparing each facility’s scenario weighted lifetime probability of default at the reporting

date to the scenario weighted lifetime probability of default at origination. The scenario weighted lifetime probability of default may

increase significantly if:


there has been a deterioration in the economic outlook, or an increase in economic uncertainty; or


there has been a deterioration in the customer’s overall credit position, or ability to manage their credit obligations.

ii.Backstop criteria

The Group uses 30 days past due arrears as a backstop criteria for both non-retail and retail portfolios. For retail portfolios only, facilities are

required to demonstrate three to six months of good payment behaviour prior to being allocated back to Stage 1.

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

Forward-looking information is incorporated into both our assessment of whether a financial asset has experienced a significant increase in

credit risk since its initial recognition and in our estimate of ECL. In applying forward looking information for estimating ECL, the Group

considers four probability-weighted forecast economic scenarios as follows:

i.Base case scenario

The base case scenario is ANZ’s view of the most likely future macro-economic conditions. It reflects management’s assumptions used for

strategic planning and budgeting, and also informs the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) which is the process

the Group applies in strategic and capital planning over a 3 year time horizon;

ii.Upside and iii. Downside scenarios

The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the

economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and

pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic events and uncertainty over long term horizons; and

iv.Severe downside scenario

The severe downside scenario is fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions and accounts for the potentially severe impact

of less likely extremely adverse economic conditi

ons. It reflects macro-economic conditions of a downturn economic event with a

probability of occurrence once every 25 years.

The four scenarios are described in terms of macro-economic variables used in the PD, LGD and EAD models (collectively the ECL models)

depending on the portfolio and country of the borrower. Examples of the variables include unemployment rates, GDP growth rates, house

price indices, commercial property price indices and consumer price indices.

141

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

142

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES


(continued)



RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT


Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case

scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where required. The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is responsible for

reviewing and approving the base case forecast scenario and the Credit and Market Risk Committee (CMRC) approves the probability

weights applied to each scenario.

Where applicable, temporary adjustments may be made to account for situations where known or expected risks have not been adequately

addressed in the modelling process. CMRC is responsible for approving such adjustments.


ECL Sensitivity

The table below illustrates the impact on the Group’s ECL allowance under scenarios where a 100% weighting is applied to both upside and

downside scenarios with all other modelling assumptions remaining constant.

Total ECL

$m

Impact

$m

100% upside scenario 2,384 (993)

100% downside scenario 5,334 1,956

Policy applicable prior to 1 October 2018

The Group recognises two types of impairment provisions for its loans and advances:


Individual provisions for significant assets that are assessed to be impaired; and


Collective provisions for portfolios of similar assets that are assessed collectively for impairment.

The accounting treatment for each of them is detailed below:





Individually

Collectively

Assessment


If any impaired loans and advances exceed specified

thresholds and an impairment event has been

identified, then we assess the need for a provision

individually.

To allow for any small value loans and advances where

losses may have been incurred but not yet identified,

and individually significant loans and advances that

we do not assess as impaired, we assess them

collectively in pools of assets with similar credit risk

characteristics.

Impairment




Loans and advances are assessed as impaired if we

have objective evidence that we may not recover

principal or interest payments (that is, a loss event has

been incurred).

We estimate the provision on the basis of historical

loss experience for assets with similar credit risk

characteristics to others in the respective collective

pool. We adjust the historical loss experience based on

current observable data – such as: changing

economic conditions, the impact of the inherent risk

of large concentrated losses within the portfolio and

an assessment of the economic cycle.

Measurement


We measure impairment loss as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and estimated future cash

flows discounted to their present value at the asset’s original effective interest rate. We record the result as an

expense in profit or loss in the period we identify the impairment and recognise a corresponding reduction in the

carrying amount of loans and advances through an offsetting provision.


Uncollectable

amounts

If a loan or advance is uncollectable (whether partially or in full), then we write off the balance (and also any related

provision for credit impairment).

We write off unsecured retail facilities at the earlier of the facility becoming 180 days past due, or the customer’s

bankruptcy or similar legal release from the obligation to repay the loan or advance. For secured facilities, write offs

occur net of the proceeds determined to be recoverable from the realisation of collateral.

Recoveries

If we recover any cash flows from loans and advances we have previously written off, then we recognise the

recovery in profit or loss in the period the cash flows are received.

Off-balance

sheet amounts

Any off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments, are considered for impairment both on an individual and

collective basis.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

142

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



143

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES


(continued)




KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Applicable from 1 October 2018


When estimating the allowance for expected credit losses for loans and advances, we used management’s judgement in respect of the

matters outlined below.


Key Judgements

Determining when

a significant

increase in credit

risk has occurred


In the measurement of ECL,

judgement is involved in setting the rules to determine whether there has

been a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition of a loan, resulting in the financial

asset moving from ‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’. This is a key area of judgement as transition from stage 1 to stage

2 increases the ECL calculation from an allowance based on the probability of default in the next 12

months, to an allowance for lifetime expected credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk

combined with transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly result in significant changes in the ECL

allowance.

The setting of precise trigger points requires judgement which may have a material impact upon the

size of the ECL allowance. The Group monitors the effectiveness of SICR criteria on an ongoing basis.

 

Measuring both

12-month and

lifetime credit

losses

The PD, LGD, and EAD credit ris

k parameters used in determining ECL are point-in-time measures

reflecting the relevant forward looking information determined by management. Judgement is involved

in determining which forward-looking information variables are relevant for particular lending portfolios

and for determining each portfolio’s point-in-time sensitivity.

In addition, judgement is required where behavioural characteristics are applied in estimating the

lifetime of a facility to be used in measuring ECL. All other things being equal, an increase in the

expected behavioural life will increase the amount of ECL.


Forecasting

forward-looking

scenarios

Our forecast of forward looking information variables is established from a “base case” or most likely

scenario that is used internally by management for planning and forecasting purposes.

The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the base case scenario as at 30 September 2019 are

as follows:

Australia

The unemployment rate is expected to remain essentially flat and GDP growth to improve modestly

over the forecast period, with residential property values expected to improve after a period of decline.

Commercial property prices are expected to decline slightly through the forecast period. Consumer

price index growth is expected to rise from current levels.

New Zealand

GDP growth is forecast to improve modestly over the forecast period, with the unemployment rate

remaining stable. Residential property values are expected to achieve modest levels of growth.

Commercial property prices are expected to grow, however, the growth rate is expected to be modest

through the forecast period. The consumer price index is expected to rise modestly.

Rest of world

GDP growth is forecast to taper lower in the near term due to uncertainty in the global outlook. Inflation

is also expected to remain soft over the forecast period to 2020.


Probability

weighting of each

scenario

Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and

uncertainties surrounding the base case scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where

required.

Management

temporary

adjustments

Management temporary adjustments to the ECL allowance are adjustments we use in circumstances

where we judge that our existing inputs, assumptions and model techniques do not capture all the risk

factors relevant to our lending portfolios. Emerging local or global macroeconomic, microeconomic or

political events, and natural disasters that are not incorporated into our current parameters, risk ratings,

or forward-looking information are examples of such circumstances.

The use of management temporary adjustments may impact the amount of ECL recognised.


143

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
144

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

13. ALLOWANCE FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES


(continued)

KEY JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Applicable prior to 1 October 2018

When we measured impairment of loans and advances, we used management’s judgement of the extent of losses at reporting date.

Individually Collectively

Key Judgements


Estimated future cash flows


Business prospects for the customer


Realisable value of any collateral


Group’s position relative to other claimants


Reliability of customer information


Likely cost and duration of recovering loans


Estimated future cash flows


Historical loss experience of assets with

similar risk characteristics


Impact of large concentrated losses

inherent in the portfolio


Assessment of the economic cycle

We regularly reviewed our key judgements and updated them to reflect actual loss experience.

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial liabilities relevant to the subsequent note disclosures.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost, or fair value through profit or loss when they are held for trading. Additionally, financial

liabilities can be designated at FVTPL where:


the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise;


a group of financial liabilities are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk

management strategy; or


the financial liability contains one or more embedded derivatives unless:

a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract, or

b) the embedded derivative is closely related to the host financial liability.

Where financial liabilities are designated as measured at fair value, gains or losses relating to changes in the entity’s own credit risk are included in

other comprehensive income, except where doing so would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. This section of AASB 9

was early adopted by the Group on 1 October 2013.

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

144

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
145

14. DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

20192018

$m$m

Certificates of deposit

36,646

42,746

Term deposits

227,087

214,682

On demand and short term deposits

256,264

245,449

Deposits not bearing interest

28,342

26,289

Deposits from banks & securities sold under repurchase agreements

77,526

72,691

Commercial paper and other borrowings

1


11,812

17,872

Deposits and other borrowings (including liabilities reclassified as held for sale)

637,677

619,729

Less: Deposits and other borrowings reclassified as held for sale (refer to Note 29)

-

(1,579)

Deposits and other borrowings

637,677

618,150

Residual contractual maturity:

Within one year

630,373

606,175

More than one year

7,304

11,975

Deposits and other borrowings

637,677

618,150

Carried on Balance Sheet at:

Amortised cost

635,376

615,818

Fair value through profit or loss (designated on initial recognition)

2,301

2,332

Deposits and other borrowings

637,677

618,150

1.

Other borrowings related to secured investments of the consolidated subsidiary UDC Finance Limited (UDC) of NZD 0.1 billion (2018: NZD 0.9 billion) which are secured by a security interest over all the

assets of UDC of NZD 3.5 billion (2018: NZD 3.3 billion).

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 

For deposits and other borrowings that:


are not designated at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition, we measure them at amortised cost and recognise their

interest expense using the effective interest rate method; and


are managed on a fair value basis, reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch or contain an embedded derivative, we designated

them as fair value through profit or loss.

Refer to Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities for details of the split between amortised cost and fair value.

For deposits and other borrowings designated at fair value we recognise the amount of fair value gain or loss attributable to changes in the

Group’s own credit risk in other comprehensive income in retained earnings. Any remaining amount of fair value gain or loss we recognise

directly in profit or loss. Once we have recognised an amount in other comprehensive income, we do not later reclassify it to profit or loss.

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent a liability to repurchase the financial assets that remain on our balance sheet since

the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. Over the life of the repurchase agreement, we recognise the difference

between the sale price and the repurchase price and charge it to interest expense in the Income Statement.






● Ter m deposits

Certicates of deposit

● On demand and short

ter m deposits

● Deposits not bearing inter est

● Deposits from banks &

securities sold under

repurchase agreements

● Commercial paper and

other borrowings

1

256,264

28,342

77,526

11,812

20192018

36,646

227,087

42,746

214,682

245,449

26,289

72,691

17,872

145

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
146

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

15. DEBT ISSUANCES

The Group uses a variety of funding programmes to issue senior debt (including covered bonds and securitisations) and subordinated debt. The

difference between senior debt and subordinated debt is that holders of senior debt take priority over holders of subordinated debt owed by the

relevant issuer. In the winding up of the relevant issuer, the subordinated debt will be repaid by the relevant issuer only after the repayment of claims

of depositors, other creditors and the senior debt holders.

20192018

$m$m

Senior debt

89,737

86,193

Covered bonds

20,957

17,846

Securitisation

2,411

1,232

Total unsubordinated debt

113,105

105,271

Subordinated debt

- Additional Tier 1 capital

8,171

7,917

- Tier 2 capital

8,415

7,991

Total subordinated debt

16,586

15,908

Total debt issued 129,691

121,179

TOTAL DEBT ISSUED BY CURRENCY

The table below shows the Group’s issued debt by currency of issue, which broadly represents the debt holders’ base location.

20192018

$m$m

USD United States dollars

45,841

49,610

EUR Euro

26,200

23,239

AUD Australian dollars

39,273

29,477

NZD New Zealand dollars

5,130

5,673

JPY Japanese yen

3,312

3,471

CHF Swiss francs

1,501

2,067

GBP Pounds sterling

4,720

3,776

HKD Hong Kong dollars

1,446

1,157

Other Chinese yuan, Norwegian krone, Singapore dollars, Indonesian rupiah and Canadian dollars

2,268

2,709

Total debt issued

129,691

121,179

Residual contractual maturity

1

:

Within one year

20,803

21,585

More than one year

106,963

97,938

No maturity date (instruments in perpetuity)

1,925

1,656

Total debt issued

129,691

121,179

1.

Based on the final maturity date or, in the case of Additional Tier 1 capital securities, the mandatory conversion date (if any).

ANZ 2019 ANNUAL REPORT

146

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
147

15. DEBT ISSUANCES (continued)

SUBORDINATED DEBT

Subordinated debt qualifies as regulatory capital for the Group and is classified as either Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital or Tier 2 capital for APRA’s

capital adequacy purposes depending on their terms and conditions:


AT1 capital: perpetual capital instruments such as:


ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN);


ANZ Capital Securities (ANZ CS); and


ANZ NZ Capital Notes (ANZ NZ CN).


Tier 2 capital: perpetual or term subordinated notes.

Tier 2 capital instruments rank ahead of AT1 capital instruments and AT1 capital instruments only rank ahead of ordinary shares, in a liquidation of the

issuer.

AT1 CAPITAL

All outstanding AT1 capital instruments are Basel III fully compliant instruments (refer to Note 23 Capital Management for further information about

Basel III). Each of the ANZ CN and ANZ CS rank equally with each other.

Distributions on the AT1 capital instruments are non-cumulative and subject to the issuer’s absolute discretion and certain payment conditions

(including regulatory requirements). Distributions on ANZ CNs are franked in line with the franking applied to ANZ ordinary shares.

Where specified, the AT1 capital instruments provide the issuer with an early redemption or conversion option on a specified date and in certain other

circumstances (such as a tax or regulatory event). This option is subject to APRA’s and, in respect of the ANZ NZ CN, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s

(RBNZ) prior written approval.

Each of the AT1 capital instruments will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares (based on the average market price of the

shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount, subject to a maximum conversion number of ANZ ordinary shares) if:


ANZ’s or, in the case of the ANZ NZ CN, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited’s (ANZ NZ) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than

5.125% - known as a Common Equity Capital Trigger Event; or


APRA notifies the Company that, without the conversion or write-off of certain securities or a public sector injection of capital (or equivalent

support), it considers that the Company would become non-viable or, in the case of the ANZ NZ CN, the RBNZ directs ANZ NZ to convert or write-

off the notes or a statutory manager is appointed to ANZ NZ and decides that ANZ NZ must convert or write-off the notes – known as a Non-

Viability Trigger Event.

Where specified, AT1 capital instruments mandatorily convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares (based on the average market price of

the shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount):


on a specified mandatory conversion date; or


on an earlier date und

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.